WERMA Signaltechnik GmbH + Co.

KG
Dürbheimer Str. 15
D - 78604 Rietheim - Weilheim
Phone + 49 74 24 95 57- 0
Fax + 49 74 24 95 57- 44
www.werma.com

Catalogue 2020 / 2021 • EN

info@werma.com

WERMA Signaltechnik
Niederlassung Neuhausen am Rhf.
Rheingoldstrasse 50
8212 Neuhausen am Rheinfall
Switzerland
Phone + 41 52 674 00 60
Fax + 41 52 674 00 66
www.werma.ch
info@werma.ch

WERMA Italia S.r.l.

Via dell‘Artigianato 42
29122 Piacenza
Italy
Phone + 39 05 23 04 45 44
www.werma.it
info@werma.it

WERMA SARL
56, Rue Colière
69780 Mions
France
Phone + 33 4 72 22 37 37
Fax + 33 4 72 22 37 64
www.werma.fr
info@werma.fr

WERMA BENELUX
Poortakkerstraat 41C
9051 Sint-Denijs-Westrem
Belgium
Phone + 32 9 220 31 11
www.wermabenelux.com
info@wermabenelux.com

WERMA (UK) Ltd.

11 Regent Park
37 Booth Drive
Park Farm Industrial Estate
Wellingborough NN8 6GR
Great Britain
Phone + 44 15 36 48 69 30
Fax + 44 15 36 51 48 10
www.werma.co.uk
uksales@werma.co.uk

WERMA USA Inc.

1266 Oakbrook Dr
Norcross, GA 30093 USA
Phone + 1 315 414 0200
www.werma.com
us-info@werma.com

WERMA (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

No. 8, High Technology Zone,
No. 503, Meinengda Road,
Songjiang, Shanghai, P. R. C
201613
China
Phone + 86 21 57 74 - 0022
Fax + 86 21 57 74 - 66 01
www.werma.com.cn
info@werma.com.cn

Catalogue 2020/2021
06/19 • 540 000 011 • E
Catalogue 2020/2021
 CONTENTS
BEACONS &
2 TRAFFIC LIGHTS

78

GENERAL
INFORMATION

OPTICAL-AUDIBLE
COMBINATIONS

204

The WERMA product range is completely tailored

to the needs and applications of
our customers from a range of industries.
Compatibility, maintenance and optimisation,
with a unique level of quality:
This is what we call intelligent signal technology.
 Contents
SIGNAL TOWERS

22

SYSTEMS

238

HORNS & SIRENS

156 PRODUCT NUMBER

INDEX

236
Contents

E‘S
EUROP
IN
LEADER
LING
SIGNAL

INTELLIGENT SIGNAL TECHNOLOGY

The products and solutions from WERMA make processes safe
and keep them running efficiently. This saves you time and mo-
ney and enables you to optimise your processes sustainably.
Customers from various sectors all over the world have benefi-
ted from our expertise for years.
Basically, because we offer clever solutions that work.
 Contents
WERMA BENELUX bvba
Sint-Denijs-Westrem
(Belgium)

WERMA Signaltechnik
WERMA (UK) Ltd.
Rietheim-Weilheim
Wellingborough

WERMA Signaltechnik
Neuhausen a. Rhf.
(Switzerland)

WERMA SARL
(France)
Mions

WERMA USA Inc.

WERMA Italia
Atlanta
(Italy)
Piacenza
WERMA (China) Co., Ltd
Shanghai
Information

General Information
General

Key to Pictograms ”Product Groups“

Product Group Product Group

”Signal Towers“ ”Horns and Sirens“

Product Group Product Group

”Beacons and Traffic lights“ ”Systems“

Product Group ”Optical-audible

combinations“

Key to Pictograms ”Product Descriptions“

Protection rating according to Number of possible tones

EN 60 529. Explanation page 318

Working temperature in °C, Flash energy in Watt seconds (Joules)

highest and lowest rating

Net weight excluding packaging, Impact resistance in Joules

in grams, ie. kgs

Volume in decibels (dB (A)) Suitable for triggering via PLC

measured at 1m distance PLC

Key to Pictograms ”Marks of conformity and protection types“

All WERMA products bearing the CE Products in compliance with the AS-
mark conform to current EU regulations Interface specifications (EN 50295, IEC
and are tested for adherence to EMC 62026-2) and which have been certified
codes. by the AS International Association are
marked with the AS-Interface certification
logo (shadowed logo).

Products marked with the IO-Link logo

comply with the IO-Link specifications as
defined in IEC 61131-9.

6
This mark confirms that the product is The Eurasian conformity symbol EAC is
suited to the intended application and granted by the customs union Russia/
conforms to the relevant standards and Bellarussia/Kazakhstan. The EAC symbol

Information
guidelines. In addition, the technical confirms that the product has undergone

General
specifications provided by the manuf- the conformity procedures and has met its
acturer are certified by the TÜV. technical requirements.

Products with this mark have been tested

and registered by UL for the North Ameri-
German Lloyd sets technical, quality
can market. This certification is also valid
and safety standards for the industrial
for Canada. The WERMA production
and maritime sector.
facility is audited by UL.
In addition to the classification of ships
Products with the addendum ”Class 2“
of all types, German Lloyd is also active
may only be used in electric circuits that
as a world-wide technical monitoring
have been constructed in accordance
society.
with UL Class 2.
The IECEx certification confirms that the
product has been certified as suitable
The aim of EHEDG (European Hygienic for use in explosion endangered appli-
Engineering and Design Group) is to pre-
cations. The product has been manuf-
pare and publish guidelines for hygienic
actured at a site which is continuously
engineering in the maufacturing and
assessed by the responsible authorities.
packaging of foodstuffs. The certification
The certificate is recognised in all coun-
by this consortium confirms compliance
with strict design criteria for avoiding weak- tries participating in the IECEx system.
nesses in construction and for minimising
the risk of contamination.
The special organisation of the United
Nations has given the ICAO (Internatio-
nal Civil Aviation Organisation) the task
The Fraunhofer Institute certificate for of establishing and developing uniform
production engineering and automisation regulations governing the safety and
(IPA) is a test label for products which have economic viability of civil aviation pro-
been qualified according to recognised cesses. The guidelines of the ICAO will
standards and guidelines as to their ob- only be applicable to all member states
jective suitablility for use in clean rooms. but must also be transferred into local
statutes of law.

Devices bearing this mark and number

are authorised for use in hazardous are-
as. Ex devices guarantee a high level of
resistance to extreme conditions.

7
 General Information

General notes on catalogue descriptions

Sound levels and frequencies
Information

The specified sound levels are based on tests carried The measured value is normally calculated over a period
General

out in our factory. These levels are typical for the specific of 10 seconds. The peak current consumption rating can
products and inevitably subject to variation. Mounting be consider­ably higher than the calculated rating.
position and/or type can alter specifications.
The start-up current of a product can be ten times greater
The rated frequencies of buzzers are also dependent on than the rated current.
the tolerances of the individual components and can
vary up to 500 Hz from the quoted rating. No frequen- Assured values
cy rating can be stated for horns as the spectrum is so The technical specifications of our products have been
wide that any stated rating cannot be accurate. The rigorously and thoroughly tested. A quality guarantee
fundamental frequency for AC devices is 100 Hz, for DC according to § 463 BGB is however only applicable where
devices c. 200 - 500 Hz. This means that they emit a dee- expressly stated.
per tone than piezo devices which have values typically
between 2000 and 3000 Hz. WERMA is only liable for damage arising from the failure of
guaranteed properties when the guarantee was expressly
Current consumption intended to protect the customer from this damage.
The current consumption levels quoted are standard va- Measurements, weights, ratings and illustrations are subject
lues. The ratings are based on the virtual value for AC, i.e. to technical amendment.
the average value for DC.

Product descriptions
The product descriptions found in the price list and on all documents are made up of the following information:

Product type: Fixing: Tone type: Voltage: Colour:

Electronic Buzzer BM = Base mounting 32 tones 12 V BK = black
4 tones 24 V BU = blue
LED Permanent BWM = Base/Wall mounting
Beacon etc. 115 V CL = clear
EM = Installation mounting GN = green
230 V
RM = Tube mounting alternating GY = grey
etc.
WM = Wall mounting cont./ pulse etc. RD = red
continuous YE = yellow
pulse WH = white
MC = multicolour
Examples: Electr. Buzzer EM Continuous tone 115 V AC Note: Colour order of a signal tower
LED Permanent Beacon EM 24 V DC RD from the bottom to the top

MTTF values

”MTTF“ is the abreviation for Mean Time To Failure and is conformity tests.
also described as the average life cycle or ”MTTFd“ (=
the average time until failure leading to a dangerous The MTTF is a statistical value, which is calculated by
situation). means of testing or experience of past values. It does
not provide a guaranteed life duration or a guaranteed
The European Norm EN ISO 13849-1 has caused a new functional period.
significance to be attached to ”MTTF“ values, because
they are used to evaluate machine safety within the MTTF values have been calculated for a variety of WERMA
products. Please contact us for further details.

8
Protection ratings
Protection ratings for signal devices: Protection ratings for housings DIN EN 60529 (DIN VDE 0470 IEC 60529).

Information
First digit: Second digit:

General
degree of protection against contact with dangerous parts and degree of protection against water..
the intrusion of foreign particles.
IP 0X no protection IP X0 no protection
protection against contact with the back of
IP 1X IP X1 protection against vertically falling water drops
the hand
protection against finger contact with live or moving parts
in the appliance. The test finger with Ø 12 mm and 80
protection against water drops so long as the device is
IP 2X mm length must not come into contact with dangerous IP X2
tilted to an angle of 15°
parts. A ball of 12.5 mm diameter should not be able
to fully penetrate the housing
protection against water spraying at any angle up to 60° to
IP 3X test bar Ø 2.5 mm may not penetrate the housing IP X3
the vertical

IP 4X a wire with Ø 1 mm may not penetrate the housing IP X4 protection against water spraying at any angle

complete protection against dust cannot be guaranteed,

protection against jets of water directed from any angle at
IP 5X but dust is not able to accumulate in such a way as to IP X5
the appliance
impair the operation of the device
protection against heavy seas. A strong jet of water may
IP 6X total protection against dust (no penetration) IP X6
not harm the appliance
IP X7 protection against occasional immersion
IP X8 protection against permanent immersion
protection against water during high pressure /
IP X9k
steam cleaning

Comparison between NEMA and IEC protection ratings - classification

IEC Protection
NEMA Protection
Protection Classification
Typo Number
Designation
1 Falling dirt IP 20
2 Dripping water and falling dirt IP 22
3 Wind blown dust, rain and hail; no damage due to external ice formation IP 55
3R Rain and hail; no damage due to external ice formation IP 24
3S Wind blown dust, rain and hail; can be operated even with external ice formation IP 55
Wind blown dust, rain, splashes and a direct jet of water; no damage due to external ice
4
formation
IP 66
Wind blown dust, rain, splashes and a direct jet of water;
4X
no damage due to external ice formation, corrosion protection
5 Dust, falling dirt, dripping non-corrosive liquids IP 53
6 Direct jet of water, temporary submersion; no damage due to external ice formation
IP 67/68
6P Direct jet of water, longer periods of submersion; no damage due to external ice formation
12 und 12 K Circulating dust, falling dirt, dripping non-corrosive liquids IP 54
13 Dust, splashes of water, oil, non-corrosive liquids IP 54

Cannot be used to convert IEC Classification Designations to NEMA Type Numbers.

9
 Interfaces - USB, IO-Link, AS-Interface

USB IO-Link AS-Interface

Technology Electrically powered: Point-to- Serial point-to-point Fieldbus

point, communication: Bus communication
Information
General

Device architecture Multi-layer star topology Point-to-point, Bus, star, ring and
No bus-based architecture tree topologies possible

Standards - IEC 61131-9 EN 50295, IEC 62026-2

Maximum cable length 5m 20m 100m

Features Mainly for PC-based Sturdy point-to-point Data transmission and power
applications communication without shielded supply on a common unshielded
cable cable

Products KombiSIGN 72 ClearSIGN KombiSIGN 71

KombiSIGN 71 KombiSIGN 40 KombiSIGN 72
LED Installation Beacon KombiSIGN 71 LED Installation Beacon
(Multicolour) 816 KombiSIGN 72 (Multicolour) 816

Application examples • Self-checkouts • Communication with sensor sys- • Integration into an existing AS-i
• PC-controlled testing machines tems (e.g. Access control, filling environment
• Monitoring of PC-controlled levels or order/project status)
processes in production shops • Integration of a signal tower into
(e.g. printing orders) a production environment con-
sisting of different bus systems

USB The IODD (IO Device Description) contains information

about the device’s identity, parameters, process and
USB (Universal Serial Bus) into a serial bus system for signal diagnostic data. The integration and operation of IO-Link
transmission between a computer and external devices. devices can start immediately once the IODD has been
The devices in operation are recognised and displayed by imported into the user’s engineering tool.
the PC. The relevant device can be used immediately after
installing the driver file provided by WERMA. WERMA USB
products are compatible with Windows 7, 8, 8.1 and 10. AS-Interface
The devices are controlled via VCP (virtual COM port) or DLL
(dynamic-link library). AS-i (actuator/sensor interface) with its characteristic yellow
cable is a modern automation bus system. A “master”
organises the communications in the network automatical-
IO-Link ly and exchanges process and diagnostic data with the
higher-level control system. The “master” recognises the
IO-Link is the first standardised interface in control techno- connected devices and monitors its network automatically.
logy that transmits all sensor and actuator device signals AS-Interface requires no specific software for this purpose.
to a higher-level controller. IO-Link is often referred to as the The characteristic transmission medium is an unshielded
“USB interface for industry”. This communications network two-wire yellow cable that is responsible for transmitting
is used to transfer data on switching states, configurations, both data and power. An IDC connector clamps to the
processes and diagnoses. The special feature of IO-Link is cable to provide mechanical and electrical connections.
that this technology is used to transmit control data to the
lowest field level.

10
Light in Signalling technology

The generation of light - a summary of the possibilities

Light can be generated in various ways. In the field of signalling technology LEDs are used in the majority

Information
of applications.

General
LED
Light emitting diodes are constructed using certain semiconductors.
Foreign atoms are built into the semiconductor with the purpose of
optimising the conductibility. Half of the semiconductor (n-region) is
doped with foreign atoms that contain one bonding electron more
than the semiconductor atom. This surplus atom can move freely and
increases conductibility.
The other half (p-region) is doped with foreign atoms containing one
electron less than the semiconductor. When the LED is switched on,
these faults (“holes”) fill up with free electrons (recombination). Energy
in the form of radiant photons is hereby released. The energy and the-
refore the colour of the light emitted is determined by the material the
semiconductor is made of; e.g. GaAsP (Gallium Arsenic Phosphide)
results in red light.

Electric discharge tubes

Xenon flash tubes are widely used in signalling technology. They consist
of a glass tube filled with the inert gas xenon. A sufficiently high voltage
leads to a discharge of energy with a spark gap and a flash of high
intensity.

Bulbs / Halogen bulbs

A tungsten filament is heated up to a high temperature, so radating
energy over a wide wavelength. This is perceived as light similar to
sunlight. The tungsten filament evaporates with time. When the tung-
sten content falls below a certain level, the maximum life duration
of the bulb is reached. As tungsten oxidises quickly and is destroyed
when it comes into contact with air, the filament must be kept in a
non-oxidising atmosphere such as vacuum. This leads us to the familiar
light bulb with its sealed glass body.
These are bulbs wherein the tungsten filament is enclosed by a small
amount of halogen.
The resulting chemical reaction has the effect of lengthening the life
of the tungsten and stabilising the light output throughout the entire life
duration of the bulb.

11
 Light in Signalling technology

Fundamental units of light magnitude

The fields of lighting and signalling technology differentiate between fundamental units to define light itself.
The most important of these are the units Lumen, Candela and Lux.
Information
General

Lumen (unit lm )
Light current is measured in Lumen; this is the unit for the entire visible light
output of a light-emitting source.
The light current is defined by the following formula known as the brightness
characteristic:
Light current φ [in lm] = radiation capacity x brightness characteristic V(λ)
The brightness impression upon the human eye is based on a sensitivity curve
V(λ) which reproduces the sensation felt by the eye in relation to the wave-
length. The maximum point on this curve is at about 555 nm; we see best at
this wavelength; V(555 nm) = 1. 

Candela (unit cd )
In signalling technology only the part of the light current that is emitted in a upwards

certain direction is of importance. This light intensity is measured in Candela.

It is defined by the light current of a lamp and the steradian measure.

Light current φ
Light intensity [in cd] =
Steradian measure Ω
sidewards sidewards

A complete sphere has a dihedral angle of Ω = 4 π sr. sr stands for the

steradian and is the unit for the dihedral angle.
Example: a household candle emitting a light intensity of 12,566 Lumen
has a light inten­sity in relation to the steridian measure 12,566
4π sr
lm
≈1cd.

This explains the name: candela is the Latin word for candle.

Lux (unit lx )
Illumination density is an important unit in lighting installations. It is the measure
of the brightness with which an area is illuminated. Whereas light intensity (in
cd) is a property of a light source, illumination density is calculated in regard
to the area to be illuminated.
Where the light current emitted is constant, the following formula is
applicable:
Light current φ
Light density E [in lux] =
Surface A

12
Optical Signal Devices

Signalisation Index
The signalisation index provides an easy opportunity to select the
correct WERMA product. Derived from the test measurements of
the respective products and the subjective signal perception, this

Information
index quickly leads you to the appropriate product. In this way
Level of awareness in %

General
you can very easily find the optimal product for your individual
application.
The WERMA signalling index is divided into two key figures:
Numbers 1 – 10 = maximum signalling impact of a product
EVS Flashing Blinking Permanent
compared to the entire WERMA product range (1 = very low
signalling effect; 10 = very high signalling effect)
Coloured bars (yellow = optical, green = audible) = maximum
1 signalling impact of a product within a specific WERMA product
2 group (100 % = product with the greatest signalling impact
3 within the product group*)
4
*Product groups are divided into separate sections and this is
5
reflected by the index - Signal towers, Signal Beacons & Traffic
6
Lights, Horns & Sirens, Optical-Audible Combinations
7
8
9
10

Permanent light and LED Permanent light

With the assistance of a permanent light or an LED permanent
light the operator is made aware of a specific condition or is
instructed to carry out a certain course of action.
For safety reasons signal beacons are increasingly equipped
with light emitting diodes. The failure of optical signal devices
is significantly reduced as a result of the longer life duration of
LEDs. Furthermore, LEDs offer a range of advantages compared
with conventional light bulbs for example lower current consump-
tion, greater resistance to shock, vibration and other mechanical
stress.

LED Beacons (Multicolour)

As well as offering traditional single coloured beacons, Werma
has several multicolour LED products which give the user multiple
colour choices in just one beacon.
The 816 LED beacon with USB connection uses RGB LED techno-
logy from which you can select up to 200,000 colour variants
also in different light effects, such as permanent, blink or special
flash.
The LED multicolour beacons 239 and 816 with M12 connectors
offer up to 7 colours and enable you to signal several different
status conditions with just one beacon.

13
 Optical Signal Devices

(LED) Flashing or Blinking Light and LED

EVS Signal Beacon
Information
General

The deployment of a flashing or blinking signal can generate even

more attention than a permanent light. Blinking and flashing bea-
cons nowadays often employ long-life LED technology which has a
significantly longer life duration of up to 50,000 hours with a consi-
derably reduced power consumption.
The stochastic, random flickering light EVS (Enhanced Visibility Sys-
tem) has been developed by WERMA on a neurobiological basis.
As deployed in LED Beacons, this technology succeeds in genera-
ting an optimal attention level never previously reached by existing
signal devices.
WERMA employs LEDs for its EVS system. A microprocessor triggers
random light signals, which make the light appear extremely “agi-
tated”, thus generating a continuously high attention level amongst
those in the vicinity - even when viewed out the corner of the eye.

LED Rotating Signal Beacon and Rotating

Mirror Beacon
Inside each rotating mirror beacon is a halogen bulb, and a mirror
to deflect the light in one direction. This generates a rotating light
beam.
In contrast to conventional Rotating Mirror Beacons, the LED version
generates the rotating signal by means of a set of LEDs which are
triggered in sequence.
As no mechanical components have been used at all, the beacon
is completely maintenance-free.

Xenon Flashing Light

The deployment of a flashing signal can generate even more atten-
tion than a permanent light. The reason for this is to be found in the
very short flash duration.
Inside each Xenon flashing beacon there is a capacitor which
stores electrical energy. Within the space of a few milliseconds this
energy is discharged within the flash tube, generating a very intense
light impulse.
The life duration of a flash tube is heavily dependent on the respec-
tive load. The average life duration in permanent operation is 4 x
106 flashes.

14
LED Element „ultrabright“

Information
Excellent visibility, even in direct sunlight, is a basic precondition
for the reliable deployment of signal devices in outdoor areas.

General
This is a standard feature of the signal towers and beacons
from WERMA Signaltechnik. There are however applications
which place even more extreme demands on the visibility of
optical signalling.
Thanks to its sophisticated triggering, the innovative LED ele-
ment ”ultrabright“ is up to 20 times brighter than conventional
LED beacons - making it almost certainly the brightest perma-
nent light that the world of signalling technology currently has
to offer.
Furthermore, the intelligent electronics ensure that the LEDs
operate at maximum brightness, depending on the ambient
and operating temperatures. The ”ultrabright“ LED element
is therefore always working at its optimum, and the energy-
saving LED technology ensures that power consumption is kept
to a minimum.

TwinLIGHT / TwinFLASH
TwinLIGHT and TwinFLASH combine two easily selectable light
effects in one element
TwinLIGHT: Permanent and Blinking Light
TwinFLASH: Flash and EVS

OmniVIEW
Clearly visible from all positions thanks to the OmniVIEW lens
with no blind spots

15
 EVS - Enhanced Visibility System
Information
General

A groundbreaking innovation in LED technology opens Irregular light impulses can circumvent the brain’s filter
up a completely new dimension in optical signalling. En- function. Random light signals fail to generate an ac-
hanced Visibility System, or the electronic improvement climatisation effect and the brain is unable to escape
of visibility, EVS for short, is the name WERMA has given to the stimulus, even when the flickering continues for an
this latest development which promises to bring about a extended period.
revolution in signal technology.
This technology is generally used when a particularly high
level of awareness should be generated.

EVS signal devices communicate highly urgent situations

As a result of the extremely powerful signal effect,

the EVS light is especially suited to signalling acute or
highly important conditions. The EVS element can also
be deployed in hazardous situations or in areas where
immediate action is required.
Integrated into KombiSIGN Signal Towers, the EVS LED
Element generates a highly attention-grabbing signal
(see page 26, 32 and 38).

This innovative technology is also used in EvoSIGNAL and the 853 (page 120 onwards),
the optical-audible combinations 444 (page 229 onwards) and 43x (page 224 onwards).

16
EVS - unique light effect using LED technology

Information
For the EVS system WERMA employs light emitting diodes. A micropro-

Dazzling!

General
cessor generates random light signals.
This gives the light a very “agitated” character which proves highly
effective in drawing the attention of those in its vicinity - even when
seen out of the corner of the eye.
Up to now LED signal devices have confined themselves to imitating
the light effects of light bulbs or xenon flashes, EVS however utilises
the strengths of light emitting diodes. LEDs are capable of generating
the required high flickering frequency with ease - frequencies which
xenon flashes are for example incapable of generating.
Further advantages of LEDs are the resistance to vibration, their long
life duration as well as their low current consumption.

The new EVS LED Element generates a high

attention-grabbing signal effect.

Typical 2 second section of an EVS LED element’s

illumination sequence

17
 Acoustics in Signalling technology

Loudspeakers (electro-dynamic sound generation)

A loudspeaker converts an alternating electric current into sound waves. This
Information

occurs by means of the interaction between the electric current and a per-
General

manent magnet. The coil is positioned within the magnetic field of the perma-
nent magnet. When an electric current is applied to the coil, the Lorentz force
generated leads to a deflection of the coil, causing the membrane to vibrate.  

Basket

Spiderweb
As a result of the centering spider this proceeds in an up
Magnet and down motion. It centres the coil and, together with the
bead, ensures that it returns to the resting position.
Voice coil Cone
With the use of the appropriate size of membrane and
material, as well as different drives (coils and permanent
magnets), loudspeakers can be optimised for a variety of
different frequency ranges.
Moving coil carrier Dustcap

Surround

Acoustic capsule (electromagnetic sound generation)

The acoustic capsule belongs to the group of electromagnetic sound generators.
This principle was previously used for telephone earpieces. Within the capsule a
permanent magnet serves to pre-magnetise the armature which is connected to
the membrane. This is made to oscillate and these oscillations are then converted
into audible tones. The acoustic capsule is characterized by a relatively simple ­
construction and a compact form and displays a high degree of effectivity.

Piezo disc
Piezoelectricity (also known as the piezoelectric effect, or for short: piezo effect) refers
to the interaction of mechanical pressure (Greek piezein = to press) and electrical cur-
rents in solid bodies. It describes the phenomenon whereby the deformation of certain
materials leads to the generation of an electric charge at the surface (direct piezo-
electric effect).
piezoelectric ceramics

metal plate

extended state
a.c. voltage
In a reverse process these materials (predominately cry- applied
stals) deform when a voltage is applied. The deflection is
relatively small so they need to be transmitted to a
membrane, from where the oscillations excite air mole-
cules which are then perceived as sound. contracted state

18
Principal acoustic parameters

Information
Sound output level

General
The sound output level Lp refers to the logarithmic relationship of the square of the sound output of an acoustic
event to the square of the reference value p0 = 20 µP. The result is given in decibels (abbreviation dB).

Lp = 10 log10 ( ) dB = 20 log ( ) dB
p12
p02 10
p1
p0

When indicating an absolute level (with reference to the standardized refe-

rence level p0 the abbreviation ”SPL” (sound pressure level) is added.
With intermediate to high levels and frequencies a sound output difference of
10 dB is heard as approximately twice as loud. Differences of 3 dB are clearly
audible. The perceived sound level is not just dependent on the sound output
level, but also on the spectrum of the sound signal and its temporal progres-
sion. Single tones are perceived as being considerably louder than a broad-
band audible signal with the same sound output level. Audible signals with
sharply changing levels are also perceived as being significantly louder than
uniform audible signals with the same average level.
Weighting curves (A, B and C according to DIN EN 61672-1, formerly IEC/DIN
651) are the curves from weighting filters that are applied to the sound out-
put signal. They are designed to reproduce a similar frequency response as
that of the human ear for a specific sound level. However they are only able
to achieve a rough approximation, the values obtained for the weighted
sound output measurements do not exactly match those of the human ear.
Weighting levels are indicated by the corresponding letter of the frequency
weighting, e.g. a C weighting sound output level is given in dB (C). In the field
of technical acoustics the A weighting level is predominately employed. For
this ­reason WERMA specifies levels in dB (A).

The sound output level is always dependent

on the distance from the source of the
sound. WERMA specifications are always ba-
100dB 94dB 88dB 82dB
sed on a measuring distance of 1 m, unless
otherwise stated.
In the case of point sound sources (gene-
rally applies for all sources radiating equally
in all directions), the sound output level de-
1m 2m 4m 8m creases by 6 dB with each doubling of the
distance from the source.

19
 Acoustics in Signalling technology

Environmental factors
Information

In addition to the sound output level, the tone frequency WERMA has developed loud signal horns and sirens for this
General

and the distance to the signal device, environmental purpose. With fluctuating ambient noise levels, the use of
factors are also decisive for the quality of the signal. Wind, a siren with a self-adjusting sound level is recommended -
humidity or even rain all have an effect on audibility. A a patented invention from WERMA.
very important factor is the ambient noise level.

In industrial environments in particular, the ambient noise

level produced by machines is often very high. Accordin-
gly, the signal devices must produce a sufficiently high
sound output in order to be heard.

Table of working range

Distance in m
1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
120 114 110 106 100 94 90 86 80 74 70 66 60
118 112 108 104 98 92 88 84 78 72 68 64 58
116 110 106 102 96 90 86 82 76 70 66 62 56
114 108 104 100 94 88 84 80 74 68 64 60 54
112 106 102 98 92 86 82 78 72 66 62 58 52
110 104 100 96 90 84 80 76 70 64 60 56 50
Sound pressure level

108 102 98 94 88 82 78 74 68 62 58 54 48
106 100 96 92 86 80 76 72 66 60 56 52 46
104 98 94 90 84 78 74 70 64 58 54 50 44
dB (A)

102 96 92 88 82 76 72 68 62 56 52 48 42
100 94 90 86 80 74 70 66 60 54 50 46 40
98 92 88 84 78 72 68 64 58 52 48 44 38
96 90 86 82 76 70 66 62 56 50 46 42
94 88 84 80 74 68 64 60 54 48 44 40
92 86 82 78 72 66 62 58 52 46 42 38
90 84 80 76 70 64 60 56 50 44 40
85 79 75 71 65 59 55 51 45 39
80 74 70 66 60 54 50 46 40
75 69 65 61 55 49 45 41
70 64 60 56 50 44 40 36
65 59 55 51 45 39 35

The audibility of an audible signal is dependent on a number of different factors:

the sound output of the signal (in dB)

the tone frequency (in Hz)
the distance between signal device and recipient
the noise level of the surrounding area
other influences (for example air humidity, wind direction)

20
Signalisation Index
1

Information
The signalisation index provides an easy opportunity to 2

General
select the correct WERMA product. Derived from the 3
test measurements of the respective products and the 4
subjective signal perception, this index quickly leads 5
you to the appropriate product. In this way you can 6
very easily find the optimal product for your individual 7
application. 8
9
The WERMA signalling index is divided into two key 10
figures:

Numbers 1 – 10 = maximum signalling impact of *Product groups are divided into separate sections
a product compared to the entire WERMA product and this is reflected by the index - Signal towers, Si-
range (1 = very low signalling effect; 10 = very high gnal Beacons & Traffic Lights, Horns & Sirens, Optical-
signalling effect) Audible Combinations
Coloured bars (yellow = visual, green = acoustic)
= maximum signalling impact of a product within
a specific WERMA product group (100 % = product
with the greatest signalling impact within the product
group*)

Examples of noise in everyday life

hearing threshold Pain threshold

Ticking of clocks Conversation, speech at 1 m Vacuum cleaner Traffic noise Pneumatic drill Aeroplane

dB
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

Tone frequency
Sound is a series of fluctuations in the air pressure at with increasing age: by the age of 50 the limit is appro-
different amplitudes occurring at a specific rate per unit ximately 12,000 Hz, and with advanced age this is often
of time. This rate is termed frequency and is measured in as low as 5,000 Hz.
the unit 1/s = 1Hz (Hertz). It is named after the German
The human ear hears tones of different frequencies at
physicist Heinrich Rudolf Hertz. A tone is generated by an
different relative strengths. The limit of audibility and the
oscillation at a certain frequency. The musical tone A for
pain threshold are therefore dependent on the respec-
example, has a frequency of 440 Hz. Noise is the term
tive frequency. For this reason audible signal devices
used to describe a number of overlapping tones.
generally operate at a frequency between 500 and
The human ear is only capable of hearing tones within a 3,000 Hz.
certain frequency range. In the case of children this ran-
ge is between 20 and 20,000 Hz. This sensitivity declines

21
Signal Towers
 Signal Towers

Signal Towers
 Overview Signal Towers

Whether they are used on machinery and equipment, manual workstations or for access control and point-of-sale systems,
WERMA signal towers reliably signal different statuses, such as faults or material replenishment requests. Professional signalling pro-
Signal Towers

vides your application with greater safety and security and considerably reduces response times. The urgency of the signal can
be easily increased using different signal elements. This enables employees to immediately react to faults and quickly resolve
any problems that arise.
Monitor your processes, make them reliable and keep them running - saving time and money.
We call this intelligent signalling technology.

Overview Signal Towers

Product type modular modular modular pre-assembled

Technical details Product range KombiSIGN 40 KombiSIGN 72 KombiSIGN 71 KOMPAKT 37

Diameter* 40 mm 70 mm 70 mm 37.5 mm

Dimensions*
Voltage 12 V 
24 V    
115 V 
230 V 
Protection rating IP 66/69k IP 65 IP 65 IP 65

Number of tiers possible 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5

Optical Signalisation Index** 3-5 4-6 2-6 3

Audible Signalisation Index** 3-5 5-6 3-6 4

ASi, USB, I/O-Link, ASi, USB, I/O-Link,
Interface I/O-Link
SmartMONITOR SmartMONITOR
Page Page 26 Page 32 Page 38 Page 48

* Technical diagrams can be found on the product page

** Signalisation Index – see page 13 + 21

24
Modular Signal Towers

Signal Towers
Optical and audible signal elements can be combined flexibly in the modular signal towers. The modular design also
enables customers to add other elements separately when required. The mechanical and electrical connection of the
signal tower elements takes mere seconds thanks to the bayonet fitting.

Completely pre-assembled Signal Towers

Completely pre-assembled WERMA Signal Towers can be ordered as a compact unit with a single part number, which
reduces ordering and installation effort. Impressive features include their stylish design and diverse installation options,
allowing them to be used in a wide range of areas.

pre-assembled pre-assembled pre-assembled pre-assembled pre-assembled pre-assembled

deSIGN 42 ClearSIGN CleanSIGN FlatSIGN VarioSIGN Ex Signal Tower

42 mm 40 mm 70 mm - - 37.5 mm

Ø 104 mm 112 mm x 125 mm 195 mm x 105 mm 62 mm x 90 mm 76 mm x 75 mm

     


IP 65 IP 66 IP 67/IP 69k IP 65 IP 65 IP 65

2-3 3-4 3 3 3 2-3

3 3-4 3-5 2-3 3-5 3

3 3 2 3

I/O-Link

Page 52 Page 54 Page 56 Page 58 Page 60 Page 62

25
 KombiSIGN 40 - Modular Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
There is no need to compromise with the KombiSIGN 40, because WERMA has
combined quick installation, excellent visibility and the highest level of flexibility
in this product. This saves time and money with regard to installation and order
logistics.
• Save up to 50% on installation time thanks to self-explanatory connections and
intuitive mechanics
• Maximum flexibility despite a small number of variants
• TwinLIGHT and TwinFLASH combine two easily selectable light effects in one
element
• In ClassicLOOK or DesignLOOK to suit all machine surfaces
• Clearly visible from all positions thanks to the OmniVIEW lens with no blind spots
• Pre-configured standard versions are available (common configurations as a
complete tower with a single part number)

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• on machinery and equipment
• on automated systems
• in assembly plants, for example, in the automotive industry

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Tube mounting
• Single-hole mounting
• Additional Installation options using accessories

Features
• Multicolour element offers up to seven colours in a single element
• High IP66/69k protection rating prevents ingress of dust and water
• Compact and high-output 95 dB siren
• Optionally available with IO-Link technology
• IP69k allows high pressure washing

2018
BEST OF

Size comparison KombiSIGN 40 / 72 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 2 Continuous tone 3
LED Blinking Light 4 Pulse tone 4
LED Flashing Light 5 Multi tone 5
LED EVS Light 5

26
How to assemble your KombiSIGN 40 signal tower

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK

Signal Towers
 STEP 1 Audible Signal Element
Select the required • 8 tone siren
optical or audible • 2 tone siren
elements. Optical Signal Elements
Order numbers
• TwinLIGHT
can be found on
• TwinFLASH
page 29.
• LED Permanent light element
multicolour

 STEP 2 Terminal element Terminal element

Select the terminal Order no. 630 800 75 Order no. 630 700 75
element and or or
appropriate moun- IO Link terminal element IO Link terminal element
ting solution for Order no. 631 800 55 Order no. 631 400 55
your application.

 STEP 3
Extension tube Extension tube
Optional: Order no. Order no.
Where approp- 960 630 03 960 630 07
riate, select the
Extension tube.
Can be installed
between the
terminal element
and the mounting Tube Single Hole Base Tube Single Hole Base
adapter. Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting

 STEP 4
Select mounting
adapter as
required.
Adapter for Adapter for Adapter for Adapter for Adapter for Adapter for
tube mounting single hole base mounting tube mounting single hole base mounting
Order no. mounting Order no. Order no. mounting Order no.
630 830 00 Order no. 630 810 00 630 730 00 Order no. 630 710 00
630 820 00 630 720 00

 STEP 5
Where approp-
riate, select the
bracket.

Bracket for Bracket for Bracket for Bracket for

assembly on concealed assembly on concealed
aluminium cable entry aluminium cable entry
profiles Order no. profiles Order no.
Order no. Order no.
960 630 01 960 630 05
960 630 02 960 630 06

Further accessories can be found in our main catalogue page 64 or at www.werma.com.

27
 KombiSIGN 40 - Modular Signal Tower

Or use one of our pre-configured signal towers. With just one part number you
can obtain the most popular configurations.
Signal Towers

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Pre-configured signal tower ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 214 mm
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
TwinLIGHT green/yellow/red 639 300 01 639 301 01
Consisting of:

634 110 75 634 130 75

+ 634 310 75 + 634 330 75

KombiSIGN 40 Signal Tower + 634 210 75 + 634 230 75

in ClassicLOOK und DesignLOOK

+ 630 800 75 + 630 700 75

+ 630 810 00 + 630 710 00

Technical details are given on the relevant product page.

## ACCESSORIES
ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Bracket for concealed cable entry 960 630 01 960 630 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

639.30X.01

+60°C

129 g IP 66/69k
-30°C

28
 KombiSIGN 40 - Optical Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK

Signal Towers
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 59 mm
Lens: PC, transparent
Life duration: 50,000 hrs
TwinLIGHT
Light effects: LED Permanent or Blinking light, adjustable via slide switch
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 30 mA
red 634 110 75 634 130 75
green 634 210 75 634 230 75
yellow 634 310 75 634 330 75
white 634 430 75 634 430 75
blue 634 510 75 634 530 75
TwinFLASH
Light effect: LED Flash light or EVS, adjustable via DIP-Switch
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 65 mA
red 634 120 55 634 140 55
green 634 220 55 634 240 55
KombiSIGN 40 Signal Tower
yellow 634 320 55 634 340 55
in ClassicLOOK and DesignLOOK
white 634 440 55 634 440 55
blue 634 520 55 634 540 55
Multicolour
Light effect: LED Permanent light
Colours: Red, yellow, green, blue, white, violet, turquoise
controlled by binary inputs
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 60 mA
Order No.: 634 450 55 634 450 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

634

Class 2
+60°C

29 g IP 66/69k
-30°C

29
 KombiSIGN 40 - Audible Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Signal Towers

Housing: PC
Life duration: 5,000 hrs
2 Tone Siren
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 45 mm
Sound output: 85 dB (A)
Tone type: Continuous or pulse tone, can be set via slide switch
8 tone KombiSIGN 40 siren Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
in DesignLOOK
Current consumption: < 80 mA
Order No. 635 800 75 635 700 75
8 Tone Siren
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 68 mm
Sound output: 89-95 dB (A), can be set via slide switch
Tone type: 8 tones, can be set via slide switch
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 200 mA
2 tone KombiSIGN 40 siren Order No. 635 810 75 635 710 75
in ClassicLOOK
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

635.X00.75 635.X10.75

Class 2 635 X00 75 635 X10 75 635 X00 75 635 X10 75

+60°C

25 g 38 g IP 66/69k 85 dB 95 dB
-30°C

30
 KombiSIGN 40 - Terminal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK

Signal Towers
Housing: PC
Terminal element
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 40 mm
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 9 mm
KombiSIGN 40 DesignLOOK Connection: Push-in terminal max. 1.5 mm2
assembly adapter for Number of tiers possible: Max. 5
single hole mounting Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Order No. 630 800 75 630 700 75
IO Link Terminal element
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 59 mm
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 9 mm
Connection: Push-in terminal max. 0.75 mm2
Number of tiers possible: Max. 5
Voltage: 24 V via IO-Link
Current consumption: 10 mA
KombiSIGN 40 ClassicLOOK Order No. 631 800 55 631 400 55
assembly adapter for Adapter for base mounting
base mounting
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 30 mm
Order No. 630 810 00 630 710 00
Adapter single hole mounting
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 54 mm
Order No. 630 820 00 630 720 00
Adapter tube mounting
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 40 mm x 75 mm
Order No. 630 830 00 630 730 00

## ACCESSORIES: SEE PAGE 27

KombiSIGN 40 DesignLOOK  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

assembly adapter for
tube mounting

630.X00.75 630.X10.00 630.X20.00

630.X30.00 631.X00.55

Class 2 630 X00 75 630 X10 00 630 X20 00 630 X30 00

+60°C

26 g 21 g 30 g 45 g IP 66/69k
-30°C

31
 KombiSIGN 72 - Signal Tower

Your benefits
Signal Towers

There is no need to compromise with the KombiSIGN 72, because this product com-
bines quick installation, excellent visibility and the highest level of flexibility. This saves
time and money with regard to installation and order logistics.
• Smooth surfaces prevent dirt gathering and make cleaning easy
• Easy, intuitive installation - incorrect assembly is practically impossible (Poka Yoke)
• High-tech: the Signal Towers can easily be retrofitted with SmartMONITOR (smart
MDC alternative) or AndonSPEED (call-for-action system)
• TwinLIGHT and TwinFLASH combine two easily selectable light effects in one
element
• In ClassicLOOK or DesignLOOK to suit all machine surfaces
• Clearly visible from all positions thanks to the OmniVIEW lens with no blind spots
• Pre-configured standard versions are available (common configurations as a com-
plete tower with a single part number)

Typical applications
The new definition of the industry standard to signal faults
• on machinery and equipment
• on automated systems
• in assembly plants, for example, in the automotive industry
• on conveyor belts in production and logistics
• at manual workstations as a call-for-action system
• upgradeable to the wireless-based MDC alternative SmartMONITOR
or to the call-for-action system AndonSPEED in logistics applications

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Tube mounting
2018
• Additional installation options using accessories
BEST OF

Features
• Combine the KombiSIGN 72 light elements with special controller solutions such as
USB or ASi, or integrate one of the versatile audible elements
• Can be combined and retrofitted with all the KombiSIGN 71 elements and
accessories, as well as the SmartMONITOR and AndonSPEED wireless-based
systems
• High-output 105 dB siren

Size comparison KombiSIGN 72 / 40 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible 105 dB Siren
LED Permanent Light 4 Continuous tone 5
LED Blinking Light 5 Pulse tone 6
LED Flashing Light 6
LED EVS 6

32
How to assemble your KombiSIGN 72 signal tower

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Audible Signal Element
 STEP 1
Select the required • 2 tone siren

Signal Towers
optical or audible Optical Signal Elements
elements in the correct • TwinLIGHT
voltage (for details see
page 35). • TwinFLASH
IO Link terminal element

 STEP 2
Select the appropriate Base Mounting Tube Mounting Base Mounting Tube Mounting
mounting option for
your application.
 STEP 3
Select the correct ter-
minal element for your
Terminal element with Terminal element with Terminal element with Terminal element with
mounting option
CAGE CLAMP® technology CAGE CLAMP® technology CAGE CLAMP® technology CAGE CLAMP® technology
(for details see page Order no. 640 800 00 Order no. 640 810 00 Order no. 640 900 00 Order no. 640 910 00
37).

 STEP 4
Where appropriate, Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised
select a base and the Order no. Order no.
desired tube length (only 100 mm long 975 845 10 100 mm long 975 845 10
for tube mounting) (For 250 mm long 975 840 25 250 mm long 975 840 25
details see page 64). 400 mm long 975 840 40 400 mm long 975 840 40
600 mm long 975 840 60 600 mm long 975 840 60
800 mm long 975 840 80 800 mm long 975 840 80
1000 mm long 975 840 03 1000 mm long 975 840 03
Base with Base with
integrated Base for Tube, plastic integrated Base for Tube, plastic
tube Order no. 975 840 90 tube Order no. 960 000 50
Order no. Base for Tube, metal Order no.
975 840 10 Order no. 975 840 91 960 000 51

 STEP 5
Where appropriate,
select the bracket
and the contact box
(for details see page Bracket for base mounting Bracket for base mounting Bracket for base mounting Bracket for base
64). Order no. 960 000 02 with concealed cable Order no. 960 000 53 mounting with
entry concealed cable entry
Order no. 960 000 14 Order no. 960 000 55

Bracket for 1-sided mounting

Order no. 975 840 85

Bracket for tube Bracket for 1-sided mounting Bracket for tube
mounting Order no. 960 000 52 mounting
Order no. 960 000 01 Order no. 960 000 54
Bracket for 2-sided mounting
Order no. 975 840 86
Look at the signal de-
vice section on:
www.werma.com

With the new signal Further accessories can be found in our main catalogue page 64 or at www.werma.com.
tower configurator you
can put together your
own individual signal
tower.

33
 KombiSIGN 72 - Modular Signal Tower

Or use one of our pre-configured signal towers. With just one part number you
can obtain the most popular configurations.
Signal Towers

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Pre-configured signal tower ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 211.5 mm
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Base/Bracket mounting
Consisting of:

647 110 75 647 130 75

+ 647 310 75 + 647 330 75

+ 647 210 75 + 647 230 75

+ 640 800 00 + 640 900 00

TwinLIGHT green/yellow/red 649 000 01 649 001 01

Tube mounting
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 299 mm
Consisting of:
647 110 75 647 130 75

+ 647 310 75 + 647 330 75

+ 647 210 75 + 647 230 75

+ 640 810 00 + 640 910 00

+ 975 840 10 + 960 000 51

TwinLIGHT green/yellow/red 649 000 02 649 001 02

Technical details are given on the relevant product page.

## ACCESSORIES:
ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Bracket for 1-sided mounting 975 840 85 960 000 52
Bracket for base mounting 960 000 02 960 000 53
Bracket for tube mounting 960 000 01 960 000 54

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

649.00X.01 649.00X.02

649 00X 01 649 00X 02

+60°C

361 g 400 g IP 65
-30°C

34
KombiSIGN 72 - Optical Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK

Signal Towers
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 65.5 mm
Lens: PC, transparent
TwinLIGHT
Light effects: LED Permanent light, LED Blinking light, adjustable via slide switch
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 80 mA
red 647 110 75 647 130 75
green 647 210 75 647 230 75
yellow 647 310 75 647 330 75
white 647 430 75 647 430 75
blue 647 510 75 647 530 75
TwinFLASH
Light effect: LED Flashing light, LED EVS light, adjustable via slide switch
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 80 mA
red 647 120 55 647 140 55
green 647 220 55 647 240 55
yellow 647 320 55 647 340 55
white 647 440 55 647 440 55
blue 647 520 55 647 540 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

647

+60°C

in preparation 77 g IP 65
-30°C

35
 KombiSIGN 72 - Audible Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Signal Towers

Housing: PC
Life duration: 5,000 hrs
2 Tone Siren
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 54 mm
2 and 8 tone siren Sound output: 95-105 dB (A), adjustable by slide switch
KombiSIGN 72 Tone type: Permanent tone or alternating tone, selectable by slide switch
DesignLOOK Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 40 mA
Order no. 645 870 75 645 770 75
8 Tone Siren
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 54 mm
Sound output:: 95-105 dB (A), adjustable by slide switch
Tone type: 8 tones, can be set via slide switch
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 30 mA
Order no. 645 890 75 645 790 75
Voltage: 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 45 mA
Order no. 645 890 60 645 790 60

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

645.XX0.XX

+50°C

70 g IP 65 105 dB
-30°C

36
 KombiSIGN 72 - Terminal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK

Signal Towers
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 36 mm
Housing: Terminal element: PA-GF
Cap: PC
Fixing: Base mounting,
Tube mounting for tube Ø 25 mm (accessory),
Bracket mounting (accessory)
Terminal element Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
KombiSIGN 72 Connection: CAGE CLAMP® technology max. 1.5 mm²
DesignLOOK
Protection rating: IP 65
Number of tiers possible: Max. 5
Voltage: 12-230 V AC/DC
Base mounting 640 800 00 640 900 00
Tube mounting 640 810 00 640 910 00
IO Link element
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 65.5 mm
Numbers of tiers possible: Max. 5
Voltage: 24 V via IO-Link
Current consumption: 6 mA
Order no. 646 840 55 646 440 55
Terminal element
KombiSIGN 72
ClassicLOOK
## ACCESSORIES:
ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Base with integrated tube 975 840 10 960 000 51
Bracket for 1-sided mounting 975 840 85 960 000 52
Bracket for base mounting 960 000 02 960 000 53
Bracket for tube mounting 960 000 01 960 000 54
Bracket for base mounting with
concealed cable entry 960 000 14 960 000 55
Base for tube Ø 25 mm, plastic 975 840 90 960 000 50

IO Link element Additional accessories can be found on page 64.

KombiSIGN 72
ClassicLOOK  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:
640.820.00 640.830.00
640.800.00 640.810.00
640.900.00 640.910.00

IO Link element
KombiSIGN 72
DesignLOOK
640.8X0.00
640.9X0.00 646.X40.55

646.440.55 646.440.55
Class 2 Max. 646.840.55
+60°C

82 g 58 g IP 65
-30°C

37
 KombiSIGN 71 - Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
The KombiSIGN 71 has successfully established itself as the standard in
industrial applications over recent years. The patented bayonet mechanism
enables elements to be installed or removed in a matter of seconds.
• A wide range of accessories ensures maximum flexibility
• High-tech: The Signal Towers can easily be retrofitted with SmartMONITOR
(intelligent MDC alternative) or AndonSPEED (call-for-action system)
• Completely pre-configured standard versions are available (common
configurations as a complete tower with a single part number)

Typical applications
Signalling fault messages
• on machinery and equipment
• on automated systems
• in assembly plants, for example, in the automotive industry
• in the building services industry

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Tube mounting
• Additional installation options using accessories

Features
• Different light effects are possible for individual signalling
• The Multicolour element offers up to seven colours in a single element
• The self-adjusting siren element automatically adapts to the ambient
noise level
• Vocal element for your own mp3 or wav files
• Combine the KombiSIGN 71 light elements with special controller solutions
such as USB or ASi, or integrate one of the versatile audible elements

Size comparison KombiSIGN 71/40 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible 2 tone/8 tone 105 dB Siren Vocal element
Permanent Light 2 Continuous tone 3 5
LED Permanent Light 2 Pulse tone 3 6
LED Blinking Light 3 Multi tone 5
LED Permanent Light (ultrabright) 4 Vocal element 5
LED Rotating Light 5
LED Flashing Light 6
LED EVS Light 6
Xenon Flash 5

38

How to assemble your KombiSIGN 71 signal tower
 STEP 1
Audible Signal Elements
Select the required
• Buzzer element
optical • Siren element
or audible elements in • Vocal element
the correct voltage (for
details see page 41). Optical Signal Elements
• (LED) Permanent light

Signal Towers
• LED Permanent light ultrabright
• (LED) Flashing light
• LED EVS element
• LED Blinking light
• LED Rotating light
• LED Permanent light element multicolour

 STEP 2
Select the appropriate Base Mounting Tube Mounting
mounting option for your
application.
Terminal element with Terminal element with
 STEP 3 CAGE CLAMP® technology CAGE CLAMP® technology
Select the correct ter-
Order no. 640 800 00 Order no. 640 810 00
minal element for your
mounting option Screw terminal Screw terminal
(for details see page Order no. 640 820 00 Order no. 640 830 00
45).
Terminal element M12 Terminal element M12
Order no. 640 850 55 Order no. 640 860 55

 STEP 4 Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised

Where appropriate, 100 mm long Order no. 975 845 10
select a base and the 250 mm long Order no. 975 840 25
desired tube length (only 400 mm long Order no. 975 840 40
for tube mounting) (For 600 mm long Order no. 975 840 60
details see page 64). 800 mm long Order no. 975 840 80
1000 mm long Order no. 975 840 03
Base for Tube, plastic
Order no. 975 840 90
Base for Tube, metal
Order no. 975 840 91
Foldaway Base
Order no. 960 000 30
Foldaway Base
Adaptor for Base with Order no. 960 009 12
Tube with single hole integrated
Tube Ø 25 mm, plastic,
clamp mounting tube only for Foldaway Base,
Order no. Order no. Order no. 45 mm long
960 000 18 960 000 25 975 840 10 Order no. 960 000 31

Contact box for cable exit at side Contact box for cable exit at side
 STEP 5 Order no. 975 840 01 Order no. 975 840 01
Where appropriate,
select the bracket and the Bracket for base mounting Contact box with magnetic base
contact box (for details Order no. 960 000 02 and cable exit at side
see page 64). Order no. 975 840 04
Bracket for base mounting
Bracket for 1-sided mounting
Look at the signal device with concealed cable entry
section on: Order no. 975 840 85
Order no. 960 000 14
www.werma.com
Bracket for 2-sided mounting Bracket for tube mounting
With the signal tower Order no. 975 840 86 Order no. 960 000 01
configurator you can put
together your own individu- Corner fixing bracket Corner fixing bracket
al signal tower. Order no. 960 000 41 Order no. 960 000 41

39
 KombiSIGN 71 - Signal Tower

Or use one of our pre-configured signal towers. With just one part number you can
obtain the most popular configurations.

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Signal Towers

Pre-configured signal tower 2 tier 3 tier

Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Base/Bracket mounting
Consisting of:
644 100 75 644 100 75

+ 644 200 75 + 644 300 75

+ 640 800 00 + 644 200 75

+ 640 800 00

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 155 mm 70 mm x 211.5 mm

LED Permanent Light green/yellow/red - 649 240 02
LED Permanent Light green/red 649 240 04 -
Tube mounting
Consisting of:
644 100 75 644 100 75

+ 644 200 75 + 644 300 75

+ 640 810 00
+ 644 200 75
+ 975 840 10 + 640 810 00
+ 975 840 10

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 242 mm 70 mm x 299 mm

LED Permanent Light green/yellow/red - 649 240 05
LED Permanent Light green/red 649 240 06 -
Technical details are given on the relevant product page.

## ACCESSORIES:
Bracket for 1-sided mounting 975 840 85
Bracket for surface mounting 960 000 02
Bracket for base mounting 960 000 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

649.240.06 649.240.02 649.240.04 649.240.05

649 240 04 649 240 06 649 240 02 649 240 05

+50°C

199 g 234 g 256 g 293 g IP 65

-20°C

40
KombiSIGN 71 - Optical Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 65.5 mm

Signal Towers
Lens: PC, transparent
Socket: Bayonet, BA15d, for bulbs max. 5 W
Protection rating: IP 65
Life duration: 50,000 hrs (LED)
Permanent light element 12-240 V AC/DC
red 641 100 00
green 641 200 00
yellow 641 300 00
clear 641 400 00
blue 641 500 00
Life duration: Dependent upon the bulbs used
Bulb not included in assembly.
LED Permanent light element 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 35 mA < 25 mA < 35 mA
red 644 100 75 644 100 67 644 100 68
green 644 200 75 644 200 67 644 200 68
yellow 644 300 75 644 300 67 644 300 68
clear 644 400 75 644 400 67 644 400 68
blue 644 500 75 644 500 67 644 500 68
LED Permanent light element ultrabright 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 195 mA
red 644 180 55
green 644 280 55
yellow 644 380 55
clear 644 480 55
blue 644 580 55
Flashing light element (Xenon) 24 V DC (ASI) 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 80 mA < 125 mA < 22 mA < 15 mA
red 643 110 55 643 100 55 643 100 67 643 100 68
green 643 210 55 643 200 55 643 200 67 643 200 68
yellow 643 310 55 643 300 55 643 300 67 643 300 68
clear 643 410 55 643 400 55 643 400 67 643 400 68
blue 643 510 55 643 500 55 643 500 67 643 500 68
Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Flash frequency: c. 1 Hz
LED Flashing light element 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 35 mA
red 644 120 55
green 644 220 55
yellow 644 320 55
clear 644 420 55
blue 644 520 55
Flash frequency: c. 1 Hz (Double Flash)

643 X10 55
Class 2 Max. 24 V
+50°C

77 g IP 65
-20°C
PLC

41
 KombiSIGN 71 - Optical Signal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

LED EVS element 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: 350 mA
Signal Towers

red 644 140 55

green 644 240 55
yellow 644 340 55
clear 644 440 55
blue 644 540 55
LED Blinking light element 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 25 mA < 25 mA < 35 mA
red 644 110 75 644 110 67 644 110 68
green 644 210 75 644 210 67 644 210 68
yellow 644 310 75 644 310 67 644 310 68
clear 644 410 75 644 410 67 644 410 68
blue 644 510 75 644 510 67 644 510 68
Blink frequency: c. 1 Hz
LED Rotating light element 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: < 40 mA
red 644 130 75
green 644 230 75
yellow 644 330 75
clear 644 430 75
blue 644 530 75
Rotation frequency: c. 120 r.p.m.
LED Permanent light element multicolour 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 120 mA
Multicolour 644 450 55
Possible colours: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise
controlled by binary inputs
Number of modules possible: Max. 3 (including multicolour element)

Further voltages on request.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

641/ 643 / 644

643 X10 55
Class 2 Max. 24 V
+50°C

91 g IP 65 PLC
-20°C

42
 KombiSIGN 71 - Audible Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): See below
Lens: PC

Signal Towers
Protection rating: IP 65
Life duration: 5,000 hrs
Buzzer element
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 72 mm
Sound output: 85 dB (A)
Buzzer element Number/Tone type: Continuous or pulse tone
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 35 mA < 25 mA < 25 mA
Order no.: 645 800 75 645 800 77 645 800 68
Siren element
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 54 mm
Sound output: 95-105 dB (A), adjustable by slide switch
Continuous tone, alternating tone, selectable by slide
Number/Tone type:
switch
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Siren element ClassicLOOK Current consumption: < 40 mA
Order no.: 645 870 75
Siren element 8 tones
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 72 mm
Sound output: 92-102 dB (A), adjustable sound output
Number/Tone type: 8 tones
ClassicLOOK
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 30 mA < 45 mA
Order no.: 645 890 75 645 890 60
Siren element DesignLOOK
DesignLOOK
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 30 mA < 45 mA
Order no.: 645 790 75 645 790 60
Multi-functional Siren, with external control
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 72 mm
Sound output: 100 dB (A), adjustable sound output
Number/Tone type: Number of tones dependent on the number of optical ele-
ments
Tone triggering: 7 diff. tones can be triggered externally
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 80 mA
Order no.: 645 850 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

645.800.XX
645.820.XX 645.870.75
645.850.55 645.870.75 645.770.75
645.890.xx
645.800.XX 645.870.75 645.820.XX 645.850.55 24 V 645.790.xx
+50°C

88 g 70 g 87 g 77 g IP 65 PLC -30°C

43
 KombiSIGN 71 - Audible Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): See below
Signal Towers

Lens: PC
Protection rating: IP 65
Life duration: 5,000 hrs
Siren element with self-adjusting sound output
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 111 mm
High output vocal element Voltage: 24 V DC
with up to 102 dB Current consumption: < 150 mA
Order no.: 645 810 55
Tone type: Pulse tone
Tone frequency: 2.5 kHz
Sound output: 80 dB (A) - max. 100 dB (A)
Vocal element 88 dB (A) 102 dB (A)
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 111 mm 125 mm x 118 mm
Voltage: 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 400 mA < 400 mA
Order no.: 645 840 55 645 860 55
Number of tiers: Max. 4 additional signal elements possible
Sound output: Adjustable, up to 88 dB (A) Adjustable, up to 102 dB
File Transfer: Via USB connection and provided software
Possible data format: Mp3 and wav files
Number of sequences: 15 files can be remotely triggered depending
on the number of signal elements used or one
sequence with max. 50 files.
Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements – see Handbook
Assembly: Vocal element, USB connection cable and software
Further Information: No UL approval

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

645.810.55
645.840.55 645.860.55

645.810.55
645.840.55 645.810.55 645.840.55 645.860.55 24 V
+50°C

121 g 184 g 668 g IP 65

-20°C
PLC

44
 KombiSIGN 71 - Terminal Elements

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): See below
Housing:

Signal Towers
Terminal element: PA fibreglass
Cap: PC
Fixing: Base mounting
Tube mounting, for tube Ø 25 mm
Bracket mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Protection rating: IP 65
Number of modules possible: Max. 5
Tube mounting Base mounting
Screw terminal with cap Screw terminal
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 42.5 mm
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm²
Voltage: 12-240 V AC/DC
Order no.: 640 830 00 640 820 00
Incl. cap Incl. cap and seal
CAGE CLAMP® technology
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 42.5 mm
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® technology max. 1.5 mm²
Voltage: 12-240 V AC/DC
Order no.: 640 810 00 640 800 00
Incl. cap Incl. cap and seal
Terminal element M12
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 56 mm 70 mm x 50 mm
Connection: M12 connector (8 pole)
Voltage: 12-24 V DC
Current carrying capacity: ≤2A
Order no.: 640 860 55 640 850 55
Incl. cap Incl. cap and seal
No UL approval

## ACCESSORIES:
Base with integrated tube 975 840 10
Base for tube (metal) 975 840 91
Tube Ø 25 mm, Aluminium eloxiert
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
Terminal element with practical
400 mm long 975 840 40
M12 connection socket in base
600 mm long 975 840 60
800 mm long 975 840 80
1000 mm long 975 840 03
Further accessories can be found on page 64.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS: next page

640.820.00 640.800.00
640 8X0 00 640.830.00 640.810.00 640.860.55
x = 0,1,2,3 max. max. 640.850.55 24 V
+50°C

90 g 82 g 80 g IP 65
-20°C
PLC

45
 KombiSIGN 71 - USB Terminal Element

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Terminal element with USB Interface
Signal Towers

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 36 mm
Fixing: Tube mounting
Connection: Via USB
Voltage: Terminal element: Via USB (5 V DC)
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current carrying cap. ∑ Imax: 90 mA at 24 V
Order no.: 640 840 00
Assembly: Assembly includes installation software, drivers,
handbook and USB connection cable (length 1.8 m)
Direct triggering of the signal tower
elements via USB Interface Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements – see Handbook
• Direct triggering of signal tower elements via USB Interface
• Actuation via DLL (Dynamic Link Library) or VCP (Virtual-COM-Port)
• Simple integration into any customer-specific software
• No additional power supply or hardware necessary
• Up to five signal towers with a maximum of five tiers each can be connected
• Maximum cable length 5m

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

640.850.55 640.860.55

640.8X0.00 640.840.00

+50°C

170 g IP 65
-20°C

46
 KombiSIGN 71 - AS-Interface Element

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Specif. Power supply Via bus conduction

Signal Towers
AS-Interface Element:
Operating voltage: 18.5 V … 31.6 V according to the AS-Interface specification
Reverse battery protection: Integrated
Watchdog: Integrated
Standard Slave A/B-Slave
Number of addresses: Max. 31 Max. 62
Number of tiers: Max 4 Max. 3
IO-Code: 8Hex 8Hex
ID-Code: FHex AHex
ID2-Code: N/A EHex
Outputs: 4 semiconductor relays 3 semiconductor relays
Approved in accordance with: Spec. V 3.0 Spec. V 3.0
Order no.: 646 830 55 646 810 55
With internal add. voltage With external add. voltage
Additional external voltage: 24 V DC
Current carrying cap. ∑ Imax: 200 mA 200 mA per signal
Current consumption max: 210 mA ≤ 50 mA
Voltage at signal element: 20 V ... 30 V DC 24 V +/- 10%
Short circuit/overload protection: Integrated Pre-fuse M 1.6 A

Cable not included in assembly  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

LEDs display the

current status

646.8X0.55

Class 2 Standard Slave A/B-Slave

+50°C

77 g IP 65
Approval No. 66301 Approval No. 66202 -20°C

47
 KOMPAKT 37 - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
The KOMPAKT 37 is a completely pre-assembled signal tower that can be easily or-
dered under a single part number. With 1-5 visual tiers, the slim signal tower can be
installed quickly and easily. The compact and completely enclosed construction is
ideal for use in all types of public areas because it is tamper-proof.
• Up to six levels of signal escalation possible – including an audible signal
• In ClassicLOOK or DesignLOOK to suit all machine surfaces
• Clearly visible from all positions thanks to the OmniVIEW lens with no blind spots

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• on smaller machines and equipment
• on point-of-sale and access control systems

Installation options
• Single-hole mounting
• Additional installation options using accessories

Features
• Pre-assembled with easy cable connection or M12 plug for plug & play use

Size comparison KOMPAKT 37 / KombiSIGN 40 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 3 Pulse tone 4

48
How to select your KOMPAKT 37 signal tower

 STEP 1
Select the signal tower of ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
your choice with or without • 1-5 tiers
buzzer, with the appropriate
• With or without buzzer
connection,

Signal Towers
housing colour, voltage and • M12 plug or cable
number of tiers. • Black or silver finish
Part numbers can be found
on page 50.

 STEP 2 optional: optional:

Select up to two extension
tubes. Extension tube Extension tube
Order no. 960 698 02 Order no. 960 698 04

 STEP 3 Single Hole Bracket Base Single Hole Bracket Base

Select the appropriate fixing Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting
accessories for your appli-
cation, using for example a
tube and base or a bracket
mount.

Bracket for base Base with Bracket for Base with

mounting integrated tube base mounting integrated tube
Order no. 960 630 02 Order no. 960 698 01 Order no. 960 630 06 Order no. 960 698 03

 STEP 4
Where appropriate, select the
bracket and the contact box. Bracket for base mounting with Contact box with magnetic base
concealed cable entry and cable exit at side
Order no. 960 000 14 Order no. 975 840 04

Bracket for base mounting

Order no. 960 000 01 Bracket for base mounting with
concealed cable entry
Order no. 960 000 55
Corner fixing bracket
Order no. 960 000 41
Bracket for base mounting
Order no.960 000 54
Contact box for cable exit at side
Order no. 975 840 01

Go to the signal devices page on: www.werma.com

Here you can use the selection tool „Configurator“ to select the Kompakt 37 signal tower according to your requirements.
With the help of intuitive questions and pictures you will be able to make your choice with just a few mouse clicks.

49
 KOMPAKT 37 - pre-assembled Signal Tower
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
ClassicLOOK Dimension (Ø x Height): 1 tier: 37.5 mm x 93.5 mm
2 tier: 37.5 mm x 127.5 mm
Signal Towers

3 tier: 37.5 mm x 161.5 mm

4 tier: 37.5 mm x 195.5 mm
5 tier: 37.5 mm x 229.5 mm
(Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC
Fixing: Single hole mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
Base or bracket mounting (accessory)
Connection: Cable connection: Cable, 2 m long,
Plug connection: M12 Plug (1/2/3 tier: 5 pole;
4/5 tier: 8 pole)
Current consumption: 50 mA per tier / buzzer 24 V
Two tier Kompakt 37 with
125 mA per tier / buzzer 12 V
integral tube and base
(accessory) Nut and seal included in assembly.
ClassicLOOK with buzzer Connection 24 V AC/DC
1 tier red Plug 699 610 75
yellow Plug 699 630 75
2 tier green/red Cable 699 120 75
yellow/red Cable 699 130 75
green/red Plug 699 220 75
yellow/red Plug 699 230 75
3 tier green/yellow/red Cable 699 110 75
green/yellow/red Plug 699 210 75
4 tier clear/green/yellow/red Cable 699 140 75
blue/green/yellow/red Cable 699 150 75
clear/green/yellow/red Plug 699 240 75
blue/green/yellow/red Plug 699 250 75
5 tier blue/clear/green/yellow/red Cable 699 160 75
blue/clear/green/yellow/red Plug 699 260 75
ClassicLOOK without buzzer Connection 24 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC
Three tier Kompakt 37 2 tier green/red Cable 698 120 75 698 120 74
with bracket (accessory) yellow/red Cable 698 130 75 -
green/red Plug 698 220 75 -
yellow/red Plug 698 230 75 -
3 tier green/yellow/red Cable 698 110 75 698 110 74
green/yellow/red Plug 698 210 75 -
4 tier clear/green/yellow/red Cable 698 140 75 -
blue/green/yellow/red Cable 698 150 75 -
clear/green/yellow/red Plug 698 240 75 -
blue/green/yellow/red Plug 698 250 75 -
5 tier blue/clear/green/yellow/red Cable 698 160 75 -
blue/clear/green/yellow/red Plug 698 260 75 -
DesignLOOK with buzzer Connection 24 V AC/DC
1 tier red Plug 699 810 75
yellow Plug 699 830 75
2 tier green/red Cable 699 320 75
yellow/red Cable 699 330 75
green/red Plug 699 420 75
yellow/red Plug 699 430 75
3 tier green/yellow/red Cable 699 310 75
green/yellow/red Plug 699 410 75

50
 LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
DesignLOOK DesignLOOK with buzzer Connection 24 V AC/DC
4 tier clear/green/yellow/red Cable 699 340 75

Signal Towers
blue/green/yellow/red Cable 699 350 75
clear/green/yellow/red Plug 699 440 75
blue/green/yellow/red Plug 699 450 75
5 tier blue/clear/green/yellow/red Cable 699 360 75
blue/clear/green/yellow/red Plug 699 460 75
DesignLOOK without buzzer Connection 24 V AC/DC
2 tier green/red Cable 698 320 75
yellow/red Cable 698 330 75
green/red Plug 698 420 75
yellow/red Plug 698 430 75
3 tier green/yellow/red Cable 698 310 75
green/yellow/red Plug 698 410 75
4 tier clear/green/yellow/red Cable 698 340 75
blue/green/yellow/red Cable 698 350 75
clear/green/yellow/red Plug 698 440 75
blue/green/yellow/red Plug 698 450 75
5 tier blue/clear/green/yellow/red Cable 698 360 75
blue/clear/green/yellow/red Plug 698 460 75

## ACCESSORIES:
ClassicLOOK DesignLOOK
Base with integrated tube 960 698 01 960 698 03
Extension tube 960 698 02 960 698 04
The height of the KOMPAKT 37
can be increased by Cable 5 m with M12 plug (5 pole) 960 693 05
max. 160 mm with the use of Cable 5 m with M12 plug (8 pole) 960 000 47
extension tubes, ensuring Cable 5 m with M12 connector and plug (8 pole) 960 000 46
optimum visibility Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles 960 630 02 960 630 06
Further accessories can be found on page 64.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

698/699

Class 2 699
+50°C

63 g 90 g 176 g 199 g 215 g IP 65 85 dB PLC

-20°C

51
 deSIGN 42 - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
Thanks to its high-quality stainless steel housing, the deSIGN 42 signal tower is an
ideal accompaniment to modern, design-oriented assembly lines, production
facilities and machinery. The robust housing provides the key benefit of being
tamper-proof for installations in public areas.
• Elegant industrial design
• Tamper-proof for public areas

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• on machinery and equipment
Access control
• on control points in public areas

Installation options
• Single-hole mounting
• Bracket mounting using accessories

Features
• High-quality, robust stainless-steel housing
• Award-winning design

Size comparison deSIGN 42 / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 3

52
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
2 tier 3 tier

Signal Towers
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 42 mm x 221 mm 42 mm x 255 mm
Housing: Stainless steel, brushed
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
Connection: Cable, 2 m long, included in assembly
Voltage: 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: 50 mA per tier 50 mA per tier
red/green 694 010 55 -
red/yellow 694 020 55 -
red/yellow/green - 694 000 55

## ACCESSORIES:
Surface housing single 975 109 02
Bracket, stainless steel
960 694 01
(Protection rating IP 33)

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

694

+50°C

746 g 718 g IP 65
-20°C
PLC

53
 ClearSIGN - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
The pre-assembled ClearSIGN signal tower combines an appealing industrial de-
sign with the latest cutting-edge LED technology and an innovative interface. The
version with IO-Link interface offers maximum flexibility and various light effects. The
signal tower is ideally suited to modern industrial environments.
• Maximum range of colours using RGB Technology
• Visual display of fill levels and temperature conditions
• Set colours and light effects according to your needs with the IO-Link version

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• on machines and equipment (with optional IO-Link interface)
• on small equipment in production areas or the building services industry

Installation options
• Base mounting

Features
• IO-Link control enables more than 1 million colours and various light effects

2018
BEST OF

Size comparison ClearSIGN / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 3 Continuous tone 3
LED Blinking Light 3
LED Flashing Light 4
LED EVS Light 4

54
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
4 tier

Signal Towers
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 85 mm x 320 mm
Housing: PC; PC/ABS
Fixing: Base mounting
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 0.5 mm²
M12 (4 pin) - IO version
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Light effects: LED Permanent light or EVS (except RGB Version)
or other variants possible with IO Link
Tone type: Continuous tone or other variants possible with IO Link
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: 130 mA
red/yellow/green/blue 656 000 03
RGB
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: 385 mA
Up to 7 colours per tier 656 100 01
IO Link without buzzer
Current consumption: 385 mA
Over 1m colour variants possible 656 100 02
IO Link with buzzer
Current consumption: 420 mA
Over 1m colour variants possible 656 100 03
Buzzer module
Sound output: Max. 85 dB (A)
Voltage: 24 V DC
Order no.: 656 000 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

656

656.000.03 656.100.02 656.000.55

+50°C

IP 66 85 dB 330 g 344 g 30 g
-20°C

55
 CleanSIGN - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
The CleanSIGN signal tower has been specifically developed and certified for use
in clean rooms, food and hygiene areas as well as the pharmaceutical industry.
The signal tower ensures maximum safety in thess environments by reducing the
risk of contamination.
• Reliable signalling even in clean rooms
• Easy-to-clean, hygienic design for optimal cleaning and disinfection
• Ensures food safety through the absence of uneven surfaces, elevated or
countersunk elements where dirt can accumulate
• Use of food safe materials and resistant to cleaning agents (FDA approved)
• Application-specific selection of colours and light effects for maximum flexibility

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• in clean rooms, e.g. semiconductor and solar industries
• in the food and beverage industry
• in pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Ceiling mounting
• Wall mounting

Features
• Fraunhofer IPA approval
• Bracket mounting fulfills Air Cleanliness Class 1 for Cleanroom applications in
accordance with DIN EN ISO 14644-1
• Base or Ceiling mounting fulfills Air Cleanliness Class 1
• Electronic modularity of the individual tiers (colour and light effects individually
adjustable/ can be externally triggered)

Size comparison CleanSIGN / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 3 Continuous tone 3
LED Blinking Light 3
LED EVS Light 5

56
 LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Wall mounting Base/Ceiling mounting

Signal Towers
Dimensions (L x H x W): 112 mm x 485 mm x 125 mm 112 mm x 391 mm x 125 mm
Housing: PA, black
Lens: PA, transparent
Fixing: Wall mounting, integrated mounting bracket
Base mounting, Ceiling mounting
Sound output: 85 dB (A)
CleanSIGN red/green/yellow
Connection: Cable, 2 m long, included in the assembly
Colours: Pre-set colours: red/yellow/green
Voltage: 24 V DC
Fixed, three tier colour distribution Current consumption: Optical: < 120 mA per tier
in red, yellow and green Buzzer: < 20 mA
Order no.: 695 300 55 695 310 55
CleanSIGN RGY
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Colours: Colours selectable by dip-switch: red/yellow/green
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Optical: < 240 mA
Buzzer: < 20 mA
Order no.: 695 200 55 695 210 55
CleanSIGN RGB
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Colours: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise
Colours selectable by dip-switch
Light effects: Tier-by-tier illumination: Blinking light
Complete illumination: EVS
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Optical: < 240 mA
Buzzer: < 20 mA
The “EVS“ light effect ensures
Order no.: 695 000 55 695 010 55
a maximum attention-grabbing
effect (can be set with complete illu-
mination)  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

695 695.X10.55

695.300.55 695.310.55 695.200.55 695.210.55 695.000.55 695.010.55

+50°C

557 g 534 g 426 g 419 g 451 g 444 g

IP 67/ 85 dB
IP 69k
-30°C

57
 FlatSIGN - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
The curved front of the FlatSIGN signal tower housing enables it to blend in uniform-
ly with machine and building service applications. The 160-degree visibility angle
ensures exceptional visibility even from the side.
• Easy to install – also on flush-mount enclosures
• TwinLIGHT combines two easily selectable light effects

Typical applications
Fault signalling or Access control
• in building service applications (e.g. server and equipment rooms)
• at access points in public areas

Installation options
• Wall mounting
• Additional installation options using accessories

Features
• Permanent or blinking light selectable
• Available with transparent housing or in metal design
• Optional integrated audible signal

Size comparison FlatSIGN / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 2 Continuous tone 2
LED Blinking Light 3 Multi-tone Sounder 4

58
 L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (L x H x W): 105 mm x 195 mm x 45 mm

Signal Towers
Lower part: PC-ABS, black
Upper part: PC, transparent or silver
Fixing: Wall mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Light effects: Permanent or blinking light selectable
Audible signal: Buzzer or multi-tone sounder (8 tones)
Sound output: Max. 80 dB (A)
In its inactive state, the signal tower
Colours: Green, yellow, red
blends into the background thanks to
its colourless, translucent housing Multi-tone Sounder Buzzer (Continuous tone)
Voltage: 24 V DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: Optical: 30 mA per tier
Audible: 30 mA
FlatSIGN with transparent housing
FlatSIGN without audible signal 691 100 55 691 100 68
FlatSIGN with audible signal 691 200 55 691 200 68
FlatSIGN in Metal Design
FlatSIGN without audible signal 691 300 55 691 300 68
FlatSIGN with audible signal 691 400 55 691 400 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Fixing Kit 975 691 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

FlatSIGN in metallic finish

691

The fixing kit consists of two

tube clamps and an adaptor
(accessory)

Max. 691.X00.55

8
+50°C

268 g IP65 80 dB
-30°C

59
 VarioSIGN - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Signal Towers

Your benefits
With the VarioSIGN light effects and colours can be individually set and adjusted
via dip-switches at any time - depending on the variant. The eye-catching illumina-
tion of the entire lighting body ensures an exceptional appearance and visibility.
• Flexible selection of colours and light effects
• Award-winning design

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• on machinery and equipment
• on automation systems

Installation options
• Base mounting

Features
• Optional integrated sounder
• Electronic modularity: i.e. colours and light effects are adjustable for each tier

Size comparison VarioSIGN / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical Audible
LED Permanent Light 3 Continuous tone 3
LED Blinking Light 3
LED EVS Light 5

60
 LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (L x H x W): 62 mm x 220 mm x 90 mm

Signal Towers
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
VarioSIGN - red/yellow/green With buzzer Without buzzer
Colours: Pre-set colours (red/yellow/green)
Voltage: 24 V DC
Fixed, three-tier colour Current consumption: Optical: < 55 mA per tier
distribution in red, yellow Buzzer: < 20 mA
and green
2-sided 690 300 55 690 320 55
VarioSIGN - RGY
Colours: Red, yellow, green
Colours selectable by Dip-switch
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Optical: < 120 mA
Buzzer: < 20 mA
2-sided 690 200 55 690 220 55
VarioSIGN - RGB
Colours: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise
Colours selectable by Dip-switch
Light effects: Tier-by-tier illumination: Flashing light
Complete illumination: EVS
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Optical: < 300 mA
Buzzer: < 20 mA
2-sided 690 000 55 -

The “EVS“ light effect ensures

a maximum attention-grabbing effect  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:
(single colour distribution can be
selected)

690

690.300.55 690.320.55 690.200.55 690.220.55 690.000.55

+50°C

240 g 234 g 245 g 237 g 256 g IP 65 85 dB

-30°C

61
 Ex LED Signal Tower - pre-assembled Signal Tower
Ex-Signal Towers

Your benefits
The Ex Signal Tower is designed for use in explosive gas and vapour atmospheres
(zones 1 and 2). No additional zener barrier is required.
• Light and compact Ex signal tower
• Many years of proven use in Ex-applications

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• in the processing and storage of highly flammable substances

Installation options
• Wall mounting

Features
• Combination of encapsulation "m" and intrinsic safety "ib" with connection
area "e"
• For Gas applications: Zones 1 and 2
• For dust applications: Zones 21 and 22

Size comparison Ex signal tower / KombiSIGN 72 Signalisation Index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 3

62
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions of the Zener Barrier (L x H x W): 76 mm x 110 mm x 75 mm

Ex-Signal Towers
Dimensions total: 2 tier (L x H x W): 76 mm x 229 mm x 75 mm
3 tier (L x H x W): 76 mm x 263 mm x 75 mm
Housing: Polyamide, black
Signal tower: PC
Connection: Screw terminal max. 2.5 mm², incl. approved
cable gland ”e”
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex e mb [ib] IIC T6 Gb
II 2D Ex [ib] op is tb IIIC T80°C Db
Approval: PTB 06 ATEX 2005
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 90 mA
red/green 741 110 55
red/yellow 741 120 55
red/yellow/green 741 130 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

741

2 tier 3 tier
+50°C
2G 2D
690 g 710 g IP 65
Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -20°C

63
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

Overview Accessories for Signal Towers Classic- Design- Classic- Design- Classic- Design-
LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK
Signal Towers

Accessory KombiSIGN 71 KombiSIGN 72 KombiSIGN 40 KOMPAKT 37 Page

Cable, 5m  66

Bulb BA15d  66

Bracket for surface mounting, incl. cable

 66 + 68
gland M16 x 1.5
Bracket for 1-sided mounting, incl. rubber
   66 + 68
seal
Bracket for 2-sided mounting, incl. rubber
   66
seal
Bracket for tube mounting, incl. cable gland
  72 + 73
M16 x 1.5
Bracket for base mounting, with concealed cable
       72 + 73
entry, incl. rubber seal
Corner fixing bracket
       72
KOMPAKT 37 with Base-mount tube
Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles,
    74 + 75
incl. cable gland M12 x 1.5

Bracket for concealed cable entry     74

Tube Ø 25 mm plastic, for direct mounting of the

terminal element onto the Foldaway Base
  69

Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium   68 + 69

Tube with clamp Ø 25 mm, 250 mm long,

     69
incl. cable gland
Base with integrated tube Ø 25 mm, 110
   69 + 71
mm long, plastic, incl. rubber seal
Base for tube Ø 25 mm, plastic, incl. rubber
     69 + 71
seal
Base for tube Ø 25 mm, metal, incl. rubber
     69
seal

Base with integrated tube   75

KombiSIGN reflect    66

64
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers Classic- Design- Classic- Design- Classic- Design-
LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK LOOK

Signal Towers
Accessory KombiSIGN 71 KombiSIGN 72 KombiSIGN 40 KOMPAKT 37 Page

Cable gland for surface mounting,

     69 + 71
M16 x 1.5
Adaptor for single hole mounting,
   66 + 68
Ø 25 mm, M18

Adaptor for tube mounting Ø 25 mm    66 + 68

Störung

Magazin

Indication board      66 +74

Überhitzung

Station 2
Maschine läuft

Foldaway Base, Signal Tower can be

   69
folded away, incl. rubber seal
Foldaway Base, Signal Tower can be
   69
folded away, incl. rubber seal

Contact box for cable exit at side     72

Contact box with magnetic base and

    72
cable exit at side

Extension tube   75

Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

Accessory deSIGN 42 FlatSIGN Page

Surface housing single  76

Fixing kit  77

65
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

KombiSIGN 71
Cable 5 m with M12 connector and plug Bulb BA15d,
Order no. 960 000 46
Signal Towers

total length max. 42 mm

Cable 5 m with M12 plug 12 V, 5 Watt 955 840 34
Order no. 960 000 47
Cable 5 m 24 V, 5 Watt 955 840 35
with M12 connector 30 V, 5 Watt 955 840 32
Order no. 960 860 01 115 V, 5 Watt 955 840 57
230 V, 5 Watt 955 840 38

KombiSIGN 71 and 72 - ClassicLOOK

Bracket for surface mounting Adaptor for single hole mounting Indication board
incl. cable gland M16 x 1.5 Ø 25 mm, M18 (for tube mounting)
Order no. 960 000 02 Order no. 960 000 25 Order no. 960 000 05
Dimensions of indication
board (W x H): 153 x 345 mm

Surface area per section (W x H):

c. 144 x 54 mm
Avery/Zweckform 3424 Fault

(105 x 48 mm), Refill

Herma 4281 (105 x 50.8 mm) Overheating

Adaptor for tube mounting Bracket for 1-sided mounting, (not included in assembly) Station 2

Ø 25 mm / 1/2” NPT thread incl. rubber seals Machine in

operation

Order no. 975 840 02 Order no. 975 840 85 Material:

PMMA

• For one to five modules

• Simple mounting onto signal tower tube
• Ample space for written information
• Simply break off unwanted segments
Bracket for 2-sided mounting, KombiSIGN reflect
incl. rubber seals Order no. 861 640 01
Order no. 975 840 86 Order no. 861 640 02

66
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

Signal Towers
960.000.02 960.000.04 960.000.25

960.000.05 975.840.85 975.840.86

975.840.02 861.640.0X

67
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

KombiSIGN 72 - DesignLOOK
Adaptor for single hole mounting Bracket for 1-sided mounting, Bracket for surface mounting
Ø 25 mm, M18 incl. rubber seals incl. cable gland
Signal Towers

Order no. 960 000 25 Order no. 960 000 52 M16 x 1.5
Order no. 960 000 53

Adaptor for tube mounting Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium

Ø 25 mm / 1/2” NPT thread 100 mm long 975 845 10
Order no. 975 840 02 250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
600 mm long 975 840 60
800 mm long 975 840 80
1000 mm long 975 840 03
Technical Diagrams see page 70

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.000.25 960.000.52 960.000.53

960.000.04 975.840.02

68
KombiSIGN 71,72 and 40 - ClassicLOOK
Foldaway Base - Signal Tower can be folded away, including rubber Foldaway Base - Signal Tower can be folded away, including rubber

Signal Towers
seal, for tube (all anodised aluminium) Ø 25 mm seal, for tube (all anodised aluminium) Ø 25 mm
(not included in assembly) (not included in assembly)
Order no. 960 000 30 Order no. 960 009 12

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 117 mm Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 85 mm

Material: PA-GF Material: PA-GF
Cable diameter: Max. 14 mm Cable diameter: Max. 8 mm
Fixing: Vertical, horizontal, Fixing: Vertical, horizontal,
Positioning in 7.5° steps Positioning in 0° and 90°
QUICK AND SIMPLE MOUNTING: QUICK AND SIMPLE MOUNTING:
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Place the „foldaway“ Attach the tube Fix the whole Place the cover on
Place the lower part Attach the upper Place the upper Place the upper and base in the desired adaptor directly to assembly - tube the other open end
of the Foldaway part directly onto the and lower parts lower parts together mounting position the signal tower and adaptor and signal
Base in the desired signal tower tube. together at the at the desired angle introduce the cable tower, in the desired
position Insert the connection desire angle position, vertically
cable or horizontally - onto
the foldaway base

Tube with clamp, Ø 25 mm, Base with integrated tube, Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
250 mm long, incl. cable gland Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, 100 mm long 975 845 10
Order no. 960 000 18 plastic, incl. rubber seal 250 mm long 975 840 25
Order no. 975 840 10 400 mm long 975 840 40
600 mm long 975 840 60
800 mm long 975 840 80
1000 mm long 975 840 03

Base for tube mounting, Ø 25 mm, Base for tube Ø 25 mm, metal, Cable gland for surface
plastic, incl. rubber seal incl. rubber seal, recommended for tube mounting, M16 x 1.5
Order no. 975 840 90 lengths of 400 mm and longer Order no. 960 000 04
Order no. 975 840 91

Tube Ø 25 mm, plastic, 45 mm long, for

direct mounting on foldaway base (only for
KombiSIGN 71 and 72)
Order no. 960 000 31

69
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:
Signal Towers

960.000.30 960.009.1X 960.000.18

975.840.10 975.840.03 975.840.25

975.840.40 975.840.60 975.840.80

975.845.10 975.840.90 975.840.91

70
KombiSIGN 72 and 40 - DesignLOOK
Base for tube mounting, Ø 25 mm, Base with integrated tube, Cable gland for surface

Signal Towers
plastic, incl. rubber seal Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, mounting, M16 x 1.5
Order no. 960 000 50 plastic, incl. rubber seal Order no. 960 000 04
Order no. 960 000 51

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.000.50 960.000.51

71
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

KombiSIGN 71, 72, 40 and KOMPAKT 37 - ClassicLOOK

Bracket for tube mounting, Bracket for base mounting, Corner fixing bracket
Signal Towers

incl. cable gland M16 x 1.5 with concealed cable entry, (KOMPAKT 37 with Base-mount tube)
Order no. 960 000 01 incl. rubber seals Order no. 960 000 41
Order no. 960 000 14

Contact box for cable exit Contact box with magnetic

at side, with mounting material base and cable exit at side
and seal, cable gland M16 x 1.5 cable gland M16 x 1.5
Order no. 975 840 01 Order no. 975 840 04

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.000.01 960.000.14 960.000.41

975.840.01 975.840.04

72
KombiSIGN 72, 40 and KOMPAKT 37 - DesignLOOK
Bracket for tube mounting, Bracket for base mounting,

Signal Towers
incl. cable gland M16 x 1.5 with concealed cable entry,
Order no. 960 000 54 incl. rubber seals
Order no. 960 000 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.000.54 960.000.55

73
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

KombiSIGN 40 - ClassicLOOK
Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles Bracket for concealed cable entry Indication board
Signal Towers

incl. cable gland M12 x 1.5 Order no. 960 630 01 (base/wall mounting)
Order no. 960 630 02 Order no. 960 630 08

Indication board
(tube mounting)
Order no. 960 630 09

KombiSIGN 40 - DesignLOOK
Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles Bracket for concealed cable entry Indication board
incl. cable gland M12 x 1.5 Order no. 960 630 05 (base/wall mounting)
Order no. 960 630 06 Order no. 960 630 08

Indication board
(tube mounting)
Order no. 960 630 09

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.630.02 960.630.01
960.630.06 960.630.05

960.630.08 960.630.09

74
KOMPAKT 37 - ClassicLOOK
Extension tube Base with integrated tube Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles

Signal Towers
Order no. 960 698 02 Order no. 960 698 01 Order no. 960 630 02

KOMPAKT 37 - DesignLOOK
Extension tube Base with integrated tube Bracket for assembly on aluminium profiles
Order no. 960 698 04 Order no. 960 698 03 Order no. 960 630 06

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

960.698.02 960.698.01 960.630.02

960.698.04 960.698.03 960.630.06

75
 Overview Accessories for Signal Towers

DeSIGN 42
Surface housing single Bracket, stainless steel (Protection rating IP33)
Signal Towers

Order no. 975 109 02 Order no. 960 694 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

975.109.02 960.694.01

76
FlatSIGN
Fixing kit

Signal Towers
Order no. 975 691 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

975.691.01

77
Beacons & Traffic Lights
Beacons &
Traffic Lights
Beacons & Traffic Lights
 Overview Beacons & Traffic Lights

WERMA’s beacons and traffic lights help you indicate risks and imminent danger promptly and clearly. The urgency of the re-
quired action can be indicated by the colour of the light and by the type and duration of the signal.
This allows you to make your processes safe and efficient. Simply safe. Simply better. This is what we call intelligent signal techno-
logy.
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Overview
Signal Beacons & Traffic Lights

Installation/
Installation Installation Surface mounting Surface mounting
Surface mounting
Product Micro Installati- Mini Installation EvoSIGNAL EvoSIGNAL EvoSIGNAL
range on Beacons Beacons Mini Midi Maxi
Dimensions (Ø x Height)* See comparison of sizes table on page 82
Voltage 12 V    
24 V     
48 V
115 V    
230 V    
Optical LED Permanent Light 
LED Permanent Light (multicolour)  TriCOLOUR TriCOLOUR
TwinLIGHT (Permanent/Blinking)   
TwinFLASH (Flash/EVS)   
LED Flashing Light
LED EVS Light
Permanent Light
Xenon Flashing Light 
LED Rotating  
Rotating Mirror/Rotating Light  

Protection IP65 IP65 IP66 IP66 IP66

Signalisation index** 2-4 3 4-5 6-8 8-10

Page Page 84 Page 88 Page 93 Page 107 Page 113
* Technical diagrams can be found on the product page
** Signalisation index – see page 13 + 21

80
Installation beacons
Installation beacons are used for installing in M20/M22 drilled holes. The beacon is fixed from the back, in controll
panels for example, using a locking nut. This prevents subsequent tampering.

Surface mounted beacons

Surface mounted beacons are fixed directly onto the surface of the relevant object (machines). The basic
mounting options are base, bracket or tube installation.

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Surface Surface Surface Surface Surface Surface
mounting mounting mounting mounting mounting mounting
Heavy Duty Monitorable Ex Signal
FlexSQUARE Obstruction Light Traffic Lights
Beacons Beacon Beacons
See comparison of sizes table on page 82
   
     
 
   
    
     
 

 
 
 
  
 
 

IP67 IP67 IP65 / IP66/68 IP65/IP69k IP65 IP66

5-8 6-9 Legal requirement 4-9 4-5 4-9
Page 121 Page 127 Page 132 Page 135 Page 146 Page 150

81
 Sizes

COMPARISON OF WERMA BEACONS AND TRAFFIC LIGHTS

Beacons & Traffic Lights

50 50

0 0

Series 239 239 230 231 232

Thread M22 M22 M20 M22 M22
Ø 50 mm 50 mm 29 mm 29 mm 29 mm
Height (Protrusion from panel) 22 mm 31 mm 32 mm 32 mm 32 mm

150 150

100 100

50 50

0 0
Series EvoSIGNAL Mini EvoSIGNAL Midi EvoSIGNAL Maxi
Ø 62 mm 85 mm 120 mm
Height 85 mm 130 mm 173 mm

100 100

50 50

0 0

Series 853
Ø 85 mm
Height 85 mm

82


Beacons & Traffic Lights

200 200

150 150

100 100

50 50

0 0

Series 839 883 884

Ø 153 mm 142 mm 142 mm
Height 189 mm 218 mm 218 mm

300 300

200 200

150 150

100 100

50 50

0 0

Series 894 890 728/729

Ø 98 mm 98 mm 139 mm
Height 137 mm 151 mm 214 mm

83
 Micro Installation Beacons - 230/231/232

Your benefits
Despite their size, micro installation beacons from the 230 / 231 / 232 range will
provide good all-round visibility. The range includes control panel indicator lights.
• The industry standard for control panels
Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Easy to install, even where space is restricted

Typical applications
Signalling faults and statuses
• On small machines and equipment
• In building technology

Installation options
• M22 single-hole mounting including nut
• M20 for direct installation, in safety switches, for example

Features
• Available with a permanent light
• Powerful xenon flash light for increased visibility

Size comparison Signalisation index

Micro/Mini/EvoSIGNAL Mini Optical
LED Permanent Light 2
Xenon Flashing Light 4

84
 230 LED Installation Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 29 mm x 32 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: 2 wires, c. 115 mm long
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 20.5 mm (M20 x 1.5 mm)
Life duration: Up to 100,000 hrs

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Seal included in assembly.
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 80 mA 45 mA 15 mA 20 mA
red 230 100 54 230 100 55 230 100 67 230 100 68
yellow 230 300 54 230 300 55 230 300 67 230 300 68
clear - 230 400 55 - -
Further colours on request.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Mainly sideways illumination

230

The LED Installation Beacon 230 can

for example be used in applications
with cable-operated switches or limit
switch devices

24 V

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Permanent Light 2 12 g IP65 PLC

-20°C

85
 231 LED Installation Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 29 mm x 32 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: 2 wires, c. 105 mm long
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
Life duration: Up to 100,000 hrs
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Nut and seal included in assembly.

Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 80 mA 45 mA 15 mA 20 mA
red 231 100 54 231 100 55 231 100 67 231 100 68
green 231 200 54 231 200 55 231 200 67 231 200 68
yellow 231 300 54 231 300 55 231 300 67 231 300 68
clear 231 400 54 231 400 55 231 400 67 231 400 68
blue 231 500 54 231 500 55 231 500 67 231 500 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

231

Mainly sideways illumination

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light 2 16 g IP65 PLC
-20°C

86
 232 Installation Xenon Flashing Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 29 mm x 32 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: 2 wires, c. 600 mm long
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm) with anti-twist device
Flash frequency: 1.5 Hz

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Flash energy: 1 Ws
Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Nut and seal included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 140 mA 20 mA
red 232 100 55 232 100 68
yellow 232 300 55 232 300 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

232

24 V

Signalisation index +50°C 1

Xenon Flashing Light 4 54 g IP65 PLC
-20°C Ws

87
 Mini Installation Beacons - 239/240

Your benefits
WERMA’s mini installation beacons are perfect for use on machinery, and control
panels. The colours can be set quite simply by means of binary inputs.
• Up to five different colours with just one light
• Low lens, where space is restricted
Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Raised lens for best visibility also from the side

Typical applications
Signalling faults and statuses
• On control consoles of machinery
• In machine housings
• On control panels

Installation options
• M22 single-hole mounting (239)
• M30 single-hole mounting (240)

Features
• Bit-encoded actuation allows the three basic colours green, yellow and red to
be displayed using just two PLC outputs. With a third output, white and blue can
also be activated.
• With Spec. V 3.0, the special AS interface version is suitable for addressing (A/B
mode) up to 62 modules – without an external power supply (239)

Size comparison Signalisation index

Mini 239/EvoSIGNAL Mini Optical
LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 239 3
LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 240 4

88
 239 LED Installation Beacon (Multicolour)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 50 mm x 22 mm (Protrusion from panel)
50 mm x 32 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
LED Installation Beacon Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
(Multicolour) Connection: Screw terminal max. 0.5 mm² (239 480 55)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Push In max. 1.5 mm² (239 482 55)
Colour options: Red, yellow, green, white, blue (multicolour)
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Nut and seal included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Max. 75 mA
Low lens, clear 239 480 55
Raised lens, opaque 239 482 55

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
LED Installation Beacon
(Multicolour) with raised lens The LED beacon 239 is suitable for applications
on machines or in control panels.

The LED installation beacon (multicolour) can be

single-hole mounted with ease thanks to its M22
installation dimensions.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Five colours in one beacon:

red, yellow, green, white and blue

239.482.55 239.480.55

+50°C
Signalisation index
31 g IP65 PLC
LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 3 -20°C

89
 239 LED Installation Beacon (Multicolour) for AS-Interface

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 50 mm x 22 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
with anti-twist device
Connection: Screw terminal with wire protection max. 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Power supply AS-Interface: Via bus conduction

Operating voltage: 25 V ... 31.6 V according to the AS-Interface specification
Current consumption: ≤ 100 mA
Specification: V 3.0
IO-Code: 8HEX
ID-Code: AHEX
ID2-Code: EHEX
Colour options: Red, yellow, green, white, blue
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Nut and seal included in assembly.
Five colours in one beacon: LED Installation Beacon (multicolour) 239 780 55
red, yellow, green, white and blue for AS-Interface

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

239.780.55

Approval No. 2001

+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 3 42 g IP65 PLC
-20°C

90
240 LED Installation Beacon (Multicolour)

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 55 mm x 46 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Installation mounting M30
Colour options: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise (Multicolour)
Rot, yellow, green (Tricolour)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Without Buzzer Voltage Current consumption Plug M12 Cable
Tricolour (RGY) 24 V DC 45 mA 240 220 55 240 210 55
Multicolour (RGB) 10-30 V DC 60 mA 240 120 50 240 110 50

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

240

240.220.55 240.120.50 240.210.55 240.110.50

+50°C

68 g 72 g 105 g 120 g IP 65
-20°C

91
 EvoSIGNAL - LED Signal Beacon Mini, Midi, Maxi

Your benefits
The type of optical signals used depends on the application and the surroundings. With EvoSIGNAL, finding the
right signal device has never been so easy: Almost all areas of application are optimally covered by only three
sizes (signal lamps) with specific mounting adapters. The new modular, simple and clear standard solution.
EvoSIGNAL is one of a kind.
• Simple and easy to use: Number of different articles reduced to 20% whilst retaining a full range
Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Twin functions: TwinLIGHT and TwinFLASH unite two light pattern functions in one element. They can be remote-
controlled via connection terminals and also used as escalation levels
• Poka Yoke: Simple and intuitive installation - incorrect installation is impossible
• Mini and Midi also available as TriCOLOUR variants
• Maxi TwinFLASH can be used as an attention-grabbing alternative to xenon strobes and rotating mirror
beacons

Typical applications
Signal faults and statuses on machines and equipment, in building services engineering and in door and gate
applications. All products are ideal for demanding indoor and outdoor applications.
• Mini – on installations with limited space
• Midi – signalling over medium distances (10–30 m)
• Maxi – signalling over long distances (> 20 m)

Installation options
• Base mounting
• M22/PG29 single-hole mounting
• Tube mounting
• Bracket mounting

Features
• Push-in connection terminals: Simple and permanently secure connection
• Fully compatible: Easy replacement of previous products
• Best-in-class equipment: Powerful, extremely robust (IP66), tamper-proof

Signalisation index
Mini TwinLIGHT 4
Mini TwinFLASH 5
Midi TwinLIGHT 6
Midi TwinFLASH 8
Midi Rotation 7
Maxi TwinLIGHT 8
Maxi TwinFLASH 10
Maxi Rotation 9

Mini Midi Maxi

92
EvoSIGNAL Mini - LED Signal Beacon

Beacons & Traffic Lights

85 mm

Scale 1:1

Ø 62 mm

31 6
TwinLIGHT, TwinFLASH, Mounting adapter
TriCOLOUR

93
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - LED Signal Beacon

OLD
LED Permanent Beacon Permanent Beacon Xenon
201/204 200/203 202/205
211/214 210/213 212/215
221/224 220/223 222/225
209 209 209
Beacons & Traffic Lights

219 219 219

207 (M22) 206 208 (M22)
216

NEW

94
 Quick Finder EvoSIGNAL Mini - LED Signal Beacon

12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.

260 110 74 260 120 74 260 110 75 260 120 75 260 110 60 260 120 60

260 210 74 260 220 74 260 210 75 260 220 75 260 210 60 260 220 60

260 310 74 260 320 74 260 310 75 260 320 75 260 310 60 260 320 60

260 410 74 260 420 74 260 410 75 260 420 75 260 410 60 260 420 60

260 510 74 260 520 74 260 510 75 260 520 75 260 510 60 260 520 60

TriCOLOUR

260 430 75

+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Base mounting Installation Installation Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket mounting
mounting M22 mounting PG 29 with cable gland

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
260 700 01 260 700 03 260 700 04 260 700 05 260 700 06 260 700 07

260.700.01 260.700.03 260.700.04

260.700.05 260.700.06 260.700.07

95
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - LED Signal Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 62 mm x 85 mm
Housing: PC-ABS, grey, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base/Installation7Tube/Wall mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Connection: Push-In terminal max.1.5 mm²
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Flash/Blink frequency: 1 Hz
TwinLIGHT (Permanent/Blinking)
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Tube mounting Current consumption: ≤ 90 mA ≤ 75 mA ≤ 45 mA
red 260 110 74 260 110 75 260 110 60
green 260 210 74 260 210 75 260 210 60
yellow 260 310 74 260 310 75 260 310 60
white 260 410 74 260 410 75 260 410 60
blue 260 510 74 260 510 75 260 510 60
TwinFLASH (Flash/EVS)
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 70 mA ≤ 75 mA ≤ 45 mA
red 260 120 74 260 120 75 260 120 60
green 260 220 74 260 220 75 260 220 60
yellow 260 320 74 260 320 75 260 320 60
Bracket mounting with cable gland
white 260 420 74 260 420 75 260 420 60
blue 260 520 74 260 520 75 260 520 60
TriCOLOUR
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: ≤ 90 mA
Order no. 260 430 75

# ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 260 700 01
Installation mounting M22 260 700 03
Installation mounting PG 29 260 700 04
Tube mounting 260 700 05
Bracket mounting with cable gland 260 700 06
Bracket mounting 260 700 07

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

260

260

71 g
260.700.05
Signalisation index 260.700.01 260.700.03 260.700.04 260.700.06 260.700.07
+60°C
TwinLIGHT 4
13 g 21 g 28 g 35 g 26 g IP 66
TwinFLASH 5 -30°C

96
Mini Beacons - 800/801/802/815/816 /817 families

Your benefits
The Mini Signal Beacons are used wherever space is restricted.
The beacons are easy to install and connect, even in tight spaces, thanks to
convenient connection terminals and easily accessible mounting holes.

Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Reliable signalling at close quarters
• Available as a permanent light or as a bright Xenon flash light to attract
attention
• Robust and tamper-proof

Typical applications
Signalling of faults
• On small machines and equipment
• In building technology

Installation options
• Base mounting
• M22/PG29 single-hole mounting
• Bracket mounting
• Tube mounting

Features
• High protection rating IP65 for both indoor and outdoor use
The 815 / 816 / 817 family:
• Robust and shock-resistant up to 20 joules

Size comparison Mini 239/Mini Signalisation index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 8xx 3
LED Blinking Light 8xx 3
Permanent Light 8xx 2
Xenon Flashing Light 8xx 4

97
 801 LED Installation Permanent Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 57 mm x 54 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Life duration: Up to 100,000 hrs

Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 45 mA 25 mA 25 mA
red 801 100 75 801 100 67 801 100 68
green 801 200 75 801 200 67 801 200 68
yellow 801 300 75 801 300 67 801 300 68
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
Tube adaptor as accessory 400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Accessories

801

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light 3 69 g IP65 PLC
-20°C

98
 816 LED Installation Permanent Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Life duration: Up to 100,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 45 mA 25 mA 25 mA
red 816 100 55 816 100 67 816 100 68
green 816 200 55 816 200 67 816 200 68
yellow 816 300 55 816 300 67 816 300 68
clear 816 400 55 816 400 67 816 400 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05
Accessories see page 98
Tube adaptor as accessory
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Surface housing as accessory

816

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light 3 130 g IP65 PLC 20J
-20°C

99
 816 LED Installation Blinking Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2

Blink frequency: C. 1 Hz
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: 45 mA
red 816 110 55
yellow 816 310 55
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm,
110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
Tube adaptor as accessory for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05
Accessories see page 98

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Surface housing (accessory)

816

+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Blinking Light 3 130 g IP65 20J PLC
-20°C

100
 816 LED Permanent Beacon Multicolour - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: ABS/PC-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Connection: M12 plug (4 pole)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Colour options: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise (multicolour)
816 Multicolour Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
with clear lens Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: max. 120 mA
clear lens 816 480 55

# ACCESSORIES:
Cable 5m with M12 plug 960 693 05
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm,
110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
816 Multicolour 250 mm long 975 840 25
with opaque lens 400 mm long 975 840 40
Base for tube mounting, metal 975 840 91
Anti-twist device 975 815 22

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Easy triggering

7 colours in one beacon:

red, yellow, green, white, blue,  TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
violet and turquoise

816.X80.55

+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 3 100 g IP65 20J
PLC
-20°C

101
 816 LED Beacon (Multicolour) with USB Interface - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: ABS/PC-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Base and wall mounting possible (accessories)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Mini USB 2.0 downward cable outlet

Power supply: Via USB
Colour options: More than 200,000 colours (RGB LED)
Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements – see Handbook
Assembly: LED beacon, demo software, driver
and USB connection cable included, 1.8 m long
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 5 V (USB-Connection)
Current consumption: ≤ 500 mA
clear lens 816 480 53
opaque lens 816 780 53

# ACCESSORIES:
You will find the appropriate accessories for base or tube mounting on page 104
or under wwww.werma.com

Simple triggering as no special

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
software is required The installation LED Beacon with USB interface is compatible with USB 2.0 and 1.1.
A wide range of colours and light effects can be quickly and simply programmed by the
customer and altered at any time.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

816.X80.53

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Permanent Light (multicolour) 3 90 g IP65 20J

-20°C

102
 800 Installation Permanent Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 57 mm x 54 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 -1.5 mm²
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Operating voltage: 12-230 V
Bulb socket: BA15d, 5 Watt max.
Bulb change: Via rear access with bayonet mechanism
Bulb not included in assembly.
Voltage: 12-230 V
red 800 100 00
green 800 200 00
yellow 800 300 00
white 800 400 00
blue 800 500 00

# ACCESSORIES:
Bulb BA15d, 5 W total length 42 mm
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 30 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC
955 840 34 955 840 35 955 840 32 955 840 57 955 840 38
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Bulb change via rear access with Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
bayonet holder
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Accessories

800

+50°C
Signalisation index
59 g IP65
Permanent Light 2 -20°C

103
 815 Installation Permanent Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 -1.5 mm²
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Operating voltage: 12-230 V

Bulb socket: BA15d, 5 Watt max.
Bulb change: Via rear access with bayonet mechanism
Bulb not included in assembly.
Voltage: 12-230 V
red 815 100 00
green 815 200 00
yellow 815 300 00
white 815 400 00
blue 815 500 00

# ACCESSORIES:
Bulb BA15d, 5 W total length 42 mm
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 30 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC
955 840 34 955 840 35 955 840 32 955 840 57 955 840 38
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Vandal-proof construction
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Accessories
815

+60°C
Signalisation index
130 g IP65 20J
Permanent Light 2 -20°C

104
 802 Xenon Installation Flashing Beacon - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 57 mm x 54 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm 2

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Flash frequency: 0.75 Hz
Flash energy: 1 Ws
Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 100 mA 20 mA 30 mA
red 802 100 55 802 100 67 802 100 68
yellow 802 300 55 802 300 67 802 300 68
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Tube adaptor as accessory Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Accessories

802

Signalisation index +50°C 1

Xenon Flashing Light 4 85 g IP65
-20°C Ws

105
 817 Installation Flashing Beacon (Xenon) - PG29 (Ø 37 mm)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 75 mm x 66 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Socket: PA-GF, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Shock resistance 20 Joules according to EN 60079-0
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 37 mm (PG29)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2

Flash frequency: C. 1 Hz
Flash energy: 2 Ws
Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 195 mA 125 mA 22 mA 35 mA
red 817 100 54 817 100 55 817 100 67 817 100 68
yellow 817 300 54 817 300 55 817 300 67 817 300 68
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Tube adaptor 975 812 01
Base with integrated tube, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long, plastic 975 840 10
Base for tube mounting 975 840 90
Base for base mounting 975 812 02
Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised aluminium
100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
400 mm long 975 840 40
Anti-twist device 975 815 22
Surface housing IP 65
for 1 Installation Beacon 975 815 03
for 2 Installation Beacons 975 815 07
for 3 Installation Beacons 975 815 08
Tube adaptor as accessory for 4 Installation Beacons 975 109 05

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Accessories
817

+50°C
Signalisation index 2
130 g IP65 20J
Xenon Flashing Light 4 -20°C Ws

106
EvoSIGNAL Midi - LED Signal Beacon

Beacons & Traffic Lights

130 mm

Ø 85 mm

32 6
TwinLIGHT, TwinFLASH, Mounting adapter
TriCOLOUR, Rotating Light

107
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - LED Signal Beacon
OLD
829 826 827 828
LED Permanent Blinking Beacon Permanent Beacon Blinking Beacon Xenon Flashing Beacon
LED Permanent/Blinking/Rotating Xenon Flashing Beacon for use in road
Beacon with external triggering tunnels
LED Rotating Beacon
Beacons & Traffic Lights

LED Double Flash Beacon

LED EVS Beacon

NEW

108
EvoSIGNAL Midi - LED Signal Beacon

12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

Beacons & Traffic Lights

TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH Rotating TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH Rotating
Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
261 110 70 261 120 70 261 140 70 261 110 60 261 120 60 261 140 60

261 210 70 261 220 70 261 240 70 261 210 60 261 220 60 261 240 60

261 310 70 261 320 70 261 340 70 261 310 60 261 320 60 261 340 60

261 410 70 261 420 70 261 440 70 261 410 60 261 420 60 261 440 60

261 510 70 261 520 70 261 540 70 261 510 60 261 520 60 261 540 60

TriCOLOUR TriCOLOUR

261 430 70 261 430 60

+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Base mounting Base mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket Horn
with cable gland with cable gland mounting

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
261 700 01 261 700 02 261 700 05 261 700 06 261 700 07 261 700 03

261 261.700.01 261.700.02 261.700.03

261.700.05 261.700.06 261.700.07

109
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - LED Signal Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 85 mm x 130 mm
Housing: PC/ABS, grey, high impact
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base/Tube/Wall mounting
Cable entry: Cable Diameter 8-12 mm
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

TwinLIGHT
Blinking/Flash frequency: 1 Hz
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Bracket Current consumption: ≤ 185 mA ≤ 65 mA
mounting
red 261 110 70 261 110 60
green 261 210 70 261 210 60
yellow 261 310 70 261 310 60
white 261 410 70 261 410 60
blue 261 510 70 261 510 60
TwinFLASH
Blinking/Flash frequency: 1 Hz
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 850 mA ≤ 110 mA
red 261 120 70 261 120 60
green 261 220 70 261 220 60
yellow 261 320 70 261 320 60
white 261 420 70 261 420 60
Tube mounting blue 261 520 70 261 520 60
Rotation
Rotation rate: 180 r.p.m.
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 130 mA ≤ 110 mA
red 261 140 70 261 140 60
green 261 240 70 261 240 60
yellow 261 340 70 261 340 60
white 261 440 70 261 440 60
blue 261 540 70 261 540 60
TriCOLOUR
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 145 mA ≤ 50 mA
clear 261 430 70 261 430 60

# ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 261 700 01
Base mounting with cable gland 261 700 02
Tube mounting 261 700 05
Bracket mounting with cable gland 261 700 06
Bracket mounting 261 700 07
Horn 261 700 03

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

261 261.700.01
461

186 g 38 g

Signalisation index
261.700.02 261.700.05 261.700.06 261.700.07 261.700.03
TwinLIGHT 6
+60°C
TwinFLASH 8
Rotating 98 g 56 g 95 g 47 g 127 g IP66
7 -30°C

110
Midi Rotating Mirror Beacon – 885

Your benefits
The Midi Rotating Mirror Beacon provide flexible signalling over medium distances. The high
protection rating IP65 ensures the safe operation in many areas – both indoor and outdoor
applications.
• High intensity light thanks to halogen bulb in extremely compact housing
• Easy to connect, without removing the mechanical assembly

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Typical applications
Signalling faults or relaying alarms
• in building service industry
• for electric gates and entry access systems
• on machinery and plant

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Tube mounting
• Bracket mounting with plastic bracket

Features
• Optional wire guard to protect against mechanical damage
• Quiet belt drive allows the beacon to be mounted and operated in any
position, even upside down (with limited IP protection) or at 90° to the wall

Size comparison EvoSIGNAL Mini/Midi/Maxi Signalisation index

Optical
Rotating Mirror 7

111
 885 Rotating Mirror Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Base/Bracket mounting Tube mounting
Dimensions (Ø x
98 mm x 151 mm 98 mm x 200 mm
Height):
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-7 mm

Base mounting Installation position: Standing, Tube mounting if required
Halogen bulb: G 6.35 20 W 12 V / 24 V
Mirror rotation rate: c. 180 r.p.m.
Service life of drive > 5,000 hrs
Duty cycle: 100 %
Halogen bulb included in assembly.
Base/Bracket mounting
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC / 115 V DC / 230 V AC / 230 V DC
Current consumption: 1.9 A 1.0 A 0.4 A / 0.2 A / 0.2 A / 0.1 A
red 885 100 54 885 100 75 885 100 78
green 885 200 54 885 200 75 885 200 78
yellow 885 300 54 885 300 75 885 300 78
blue 885 500 54 885 500 75 885 500 78
Tube mounting
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC / 115 V DC / 230 V AC / 230 V DC
Current consumption: 1.9 A 1.0 A 0.4 A / 0.2 A / 0.2 A / 0.1 A
red 885 110 54 885 110 75 885 110 78
green 885 210 54 885 210 75 885 210 78
yellow 885 310 54 885 310 75 885 310 78
blue 885 510 54 885 510 75 885 510 78

# ACCESSORIES:
Plastic bracket for wall mounting 975 826 05
Wire guard, galvanised, only for base mounting 975 826 03
Rotating Mirror Beacon 885 with Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodised alluminium
tube and base (accessories) 100 mm long 975 845 10
250 mm long 975 840 25
Base for tube mounting, plastic, Ø 25 mm 975 840 90
Base for tube mounting, metal, Ø 25 mm 975 840 91
SPARE PARTS:
Halogen bulb 20 W/12 V for 12 V DC
115 V AC/DC, 230 V AC/DC 955 885 24
Halogen bulb 20 W/24 V for 24 V AC/DC 955 885 25

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Plastic bracket und wire guard

(accessories)

885

Signalisation index +50°C

Rotating Mirror 7 360 g IP65

-30°C

112
EvoSIGNAL Maxi - LED Signal Beacon

Beacons & Traffic Lights

173 mm

Scale 1:1

Ø 120 mm

30 4
TwinLIGHT, TwinFLASH, Mounting adapter
Rotating Light

113
 EvoSIGNAL Maxi - LED Signal Beacon
OLD
280
LED Permanent Beacon
LED Rotating Beacon
LED Double Flash Beacon
LED EVS Beacon
Beacons & Traffic Lights

NEW

114
Quick-Finder EvoSIGNAL Maxi - LED Signal Beacon

Beacons & Traffic Lights

12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH Rotating TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH Rotating
Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
262 110 70 262 120 70 262 140 70 262 110 60 262 120 60 262 140 60

262 210 70 262 220 70 262 240 70 262 210 60 262 220 60 262 240 60

262 310 70 262 320 70 262 340 70 262 310 60 262 320 60 262 340 60

262 410 70 262 420 70 262 440 70 262 410 60 262 420 60 262 440 60

262 510 70 262 520 70 262 540 70 262 510 60 262 520 60 262 540 60

+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)
Base mounting Base mounting with Bracket mounting Bracket mounting with
cable exit at side with cable gland concealed cable entry

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.

262 700 01 262 700 02 262 700 06 262 700 07

262.700.01 262.700.02 262.700.06

262.700.07

115
 EvoSIGNAL Maxi - LED Signal Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 120 mm x 173 mm
Housing: PC/ABS
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base/Wall/Tube mounting
Cable entry: Cable Diameter 8-12 mm
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Rotation rate: 180 r.p.m.

Flash/Blinking frequency: 1 Hz
TwinLIGHT
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 700 mA ≤ 165 mA
Bracket mounting with
cable gland red 262 110 70 262 110 60
green 262 210 70 262 210 60
yellow 262 310 70 262 310 60
white 262 410 70 262 410 60
blue 262 510 70 262 510 60
TwinFLASH
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 760 mA ≤ 165 mA
red 262 120 70 262 120 60
green 262 220 70 262 220 60
yellow 262 320 70 262 320 60
white 262 420 70 262 420 60
blue 262 520 70 262 520 60
Rotating
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 550 mA ≤ 170 mA
red 262 140 70 262 140 60
green 262 240 70 262 240 60
Base mounting with
cable exit at side yellow 262 340 70 262 340 60
white 262 440 70 262 440 60
blue 262 540 70 262 540 60

# ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 262 700 01
Base mounting with cable exit at side 262 700 02
Bracket mounting with cable gland 262 700 06
Bracket mounting with concealed cable entry 262 700 07

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

262

Signalisierungsindex
262 262.700.01 262.700.02 262.700.06 262.700.07
TwinLIGHT 8
+60°C
TwinFLASH 10
348 g 90 g 179 g 114 g 120 g IP 66
Rotating 9 -30°C

116
Maxi Beacons – 838/883/884 families

Your benefits
WERMA’s Maxi Beacons give flexible signalling over larger distances. The IP65 rated units are
ideally suited for use in both indoor and outdoor applications.

838 xenon double flash:

• Very bright, even in direct sunlight and over longer distances

Beacons & Traffic Lights

883/884 rotating mirror beacons:
• High intensity light and robust housing
• Easy to connect, without removing the mechanical assembly

Typical applications
Signalling faults and relaying alarms
• In building technology
• For door and gate systems
• On machinery and plant equipment, over long distances

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Tube mounting
• Bracket mounting

Features
• Tamper-proof and shock-resistant up to 20 joules
• Optional wire guard to protect against mechanical damage
883/884 rotating mirror beacons:
• Quiet, with low-wear wheel and disc drive
884 revolving beacon:
• Special Fresnel lenses produce beams of light that can be seen over longer distances
even in poor light conditions

Size comparison EvoSIGNAL Midi/Maxi/Heavy Duty Signalisation index

Optical
Xenon Flashing Light 9
Rotating Mirror/Rotating Light 9

117
 838 Xenon Double Flash Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 142 mm x 216 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket/Tube mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-8 mm
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Flash energy: 15 Ws
Flash frequency: c. 1 Hz
Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 800 mA 400 mA 200 mA
red 838 100 55 838 100 67 838 100 68
yellow 838 300 55 838 300 67 838 300 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Plastic bracket for wall mounting 975 883 06
Adaptor for tube mounting 975 883 09
Wire guard, only for base mounting 975 883 08

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Wire guard
(accessory)

838

Adaptor for tube mounting

and plastic bracket
(accessories)

Signalisation index +50°C 15

Xenon Flashing Light 9 470 g IP65 20J
-30°C Ws

118
 883 Rotating Mirror Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 142 mm x 218 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, bracket mounting, tube mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-7 mm
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 -1.5 mm2

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Drive: Wheel and disc drive, motor in centre of gravity
Halogen bulb: G 6.35 35 W 12 V / 24 V
Mirror rotation rate: 180 r.p.m.
Service life of drive: > 5,000 hrs
Duty cycle: 100 %
Halogen bulb included in assembly.
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 3A 1,6 A 0,35 A 0,17 A
red 883 100 54 883 100 75 883 100 77 883 100 68
green 883 200 54 883 200 75 883 200 77 883 200 68
yellow 883 300 54 883 300 75 883 300 77 883 300 68
blue 883 500 54 883 500 75 883 500 77 883 500 68

Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Plastic bracket for wall mounting 975 883 06
Adaptor for tube mounting 975 883 09
Base for tube mounting 975 840 91
Tube, Ø 25 mm, 100 mm long 975 845 10
Tube, Ø 25 mm, 250 mm long 975 840 25
Wire guard, only for base mounting 975 883 08

Bracket (accessory) SPARE PARTS:

Halogen bulb 35 W/12 V for 230 V AC, 12 V DC, 115 V AC/DC 955 883 34
Halogen bulb 35 W/24 V for 24 V AC/DC 955 883 35

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Plastic bracket, adaptor for tube

mounting and wire guard
(accessories)

883

+50°C
Signalisation index
Rotating Mirror 670 g IP65 20J
9 -30°C

119
 884 Revolving Signal Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 142 mm x 218 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, bracket mounting, tube mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-8 mm
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Drive: Wheel and disc drive, motor in centre of gravity

Halogen bulb: G 6.35 35 W 12 V / 24 V
Mirror rotation rate: 60 r.p.m.
Service life of drive: > 5,000 hrs
Duty cycle: 100 %
Halogen bulb included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 1,6 A 0,17 A
red 884 100 75 884 100 68
green 884 200 75 884 200 68
yellow 884 300 75 884 300 68
blue 884 500 75 884 500 68

Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Plastic bracket for wall mounting 975 883 06
Adaptor for tube mounting 975 883 09
Base for tube mounting 975 840 91
Tube, Ø 25 mm, 100 mm long 975 845 10
Tube, Ø 25 mm, 250 mm long 975 840 25
Wire guard, only for base mounting 975 883 08

SPARE PARTS:
Halogen bulb 35 W/12 V for 230 V AC, 12 V DC, 115 V AC/DC 955 883 34
Bracket Halogen bulb 35 W/24 V for 24 V AC/DC 955 883 35
(accessory)
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Plastic bracket, adaptor for tube

mounting and wire guard
(accessories)

884

+50°C
Signalisation index
Rotating Mirror 670 g IP65 20J
9 -30°C

120
FlexSQUARE – Square shaped beacons

Your benefits
The compact 853 LED beacon is particularly versatile. With an IP67 protection rating, it is suitable for all indoor and outdoor
applications, even in harsh environmental conditions.
• Powerful high-output, forward-directed light effect
• Clearly visible, also from the side

Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Easy mounting and electrical installation thanks to the elastic, self-sealing, membranes
or optional M20 cable gland for mounting on different sides
• Many combinations possible (traffic lights, for example)
• Where space is restricted: Multi-coloured version available, with up to seven colours
153 multi-tone siren:
• Loud audible signal to complement 853 beacon or as a stand-alone product
• Eight signal tones to choose from and a signal escalation option using three different
externally
triggerable tones

Typical applications
Signalling of faults
• In lift and hoist systems (48 V)
• In building technology

Installation options
• Wall mounting
• Base mounting

Features
• Signal escalation possible with LED permanent light, LED double flash and EVS light in
different colours
• Wide range of light effects and voltage options (12V, 24V, 48V and 115-230V)
• With the multi-coloured version, the three basic colours red, yellow and green can be activated with just two PLC out-
puts. With a third output, a further four colours are available
153 multi-tone siren:
• The sound output can be adjusted remotely

Size comparison Signalisation index

EvoSIGNAL Mini/FlexSQUARE/EvoSIGNAL Maxi Optical
LED Permanent Light 5
LED Flashing Light 6
LED EVS 8

121
 853 LED Permanent Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 85 mm x 85 mm x 72 mm
Housing: PP-GF, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
CAGE CLAMP® 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 (Multicolour, RGY)
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Possible colours: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise (multicolour)
Equipment: Elastic self-sealing membranes for cable entry without tools
Eight integrated M20 threads, no nuts required
Optional use of a cable gland, thread length of cable gland ≤ 9
mm (accessory)
Assembly: Incl. snap-on fixing bracket (optional use)
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
LED Permanent Beacon
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V AC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 180 mA < 80 mA < 35 mA < 40 mA
red 853 100 54 853 100 55 853 100 66 853 100 60
green 853 200 54 853 200 55 853 200 66 853 200 60
yellow 853 300 54 853 300 55 853 300 66 853 300 60
clear 853 400 54 853 400 55 853 400 66 853 400 60
blue 853 500 54 853 500 55 853 500 66 853 500 60
LED Permanent Beacon (multicolour)
Voltage: 24 V DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 150 mA < 35 mA
Multicolour 853 480 55 -
RGY (red, green, yellow) - 853 480 60

# ACCESSORIES:
Connector for traffic light combinations 975 853 01
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, 8mm thread length 975 853 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

LED Permanent Light multicolour: 7

colours in one beacon: red,
yellow, green, clear, blue, violet,
turquoise

853

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light 5 160 g IP67 PLC
-25°C

122
 853 LED Double Flash Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 85 mm x 85 mm x 72 mm
Housing: PP-GF, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Equipment: Elastic self-sealing membranes for cable entry without tools

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Eight integrated M20 threads, no nuts required
Optional use of a cable gland, thread length of cable gland ≤ 9
mm (accessory)
Assembly: Incl. snap-on fixing bracket (optional use)
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V AC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 100 mA < 80 mA < 95 mA < 180 mA
red 853 110 54 853 110 55 853 110 66 853 110 60
green 853 210 54 853 210 55 853 210 66 853 210 60
yellow 853 310 54 853 310 55 853 310 66 853 310 60
clear 853 410 54 853 410 55 853 410 66 853 410 60
blue 853 510 54 853 510 55 853 510 66 853 510 60

# ACCESSORIES:
Intense double flash effect Connector for traffic light combinations 975 853 01
with low power consumption
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, 8mm thread length 975 853 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

853

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED Flashing Light 6 160 g IP67 PLC
-25°C

123
 853 LED EVS Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 85 mm x 85 mm x 72 mm
Housing: PP-GF, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 8 mm,
optional cable gland M20 (accessory)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting

Equipment: Elastic self-sealing membranes for cable entry without tools
Eight integrated M20 threads, no nuts required
Optional use of a cable gland, thread length of cable gland
≤ 9 mm (accessory)
Assembly: Incl. snap-on fixing bracket (optional use)
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs

Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V AC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 400 mA < 200 mA < 95 mA < 160 mA
red 853 120 54 853 120 55 853 120 66 853 120 60
green 853 220 54 853 220 55 853 220 66 853 220 60
yellow 853 320 54 853 320 55 853 320 66 853 320 60
clear 853 420 54 853 420 55 853 420 66 853 420 60
blue 853 520 54 853 520 55 853 520 66 853 520 60

# ACCESSORIES:
Connector for traffic light combinations 975 853 01
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, 8mm thread length 975 853 02
The innovative connector
(accessory) enables traffic light com-  TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
binations to be created in
a matter of seconds

853
The “EVS“ light signal ensures a
maximum attention-grabbing effect

24 V
+50°C
Signalisation index
LED EVS Light 8 160 g IP67 PLC
-25°C

124
 853 LED Traffic Light

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W):
85 mm x 85 mm x 72 mm
Housing: PP-GF, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
CAGE CLAMP® 0.5 - 1.5 mm2 (Multicolour, RGY)
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Possible colours: Red, green, yellow, clear, blue
Operating voltage: 12 V DC, 24 V DC, 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: Max. 80 mA at 24 V (LED Permanent Beacon)
Max. 80 mA at 24 V (LED Double Flash Beacon)
Max. 200 mA at 24 V (LED EVS Beacon)
Max. 150 mA at 24 V (Multicolour)
Equipment: Eight self-sealing membranes for cable entry without tools
Eight integrated M20 threads, no nuts required
Optional use of a cable gland, thread length of cable gland ≤ 9 mm
(accessory)
The innovative connector
Assembly: Incl. snap-on fixing bracket (optional use)
(accessory) enables traffic light com-
binations to be created in Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
a matter of seconds LED Permanent Beacon 853 see page 122
LED Permanent Beacon 853 (multicolour) see page 122
LED Permanent Beacon 853 (RGY) see page 122
LED Double Flash Beacon 853 see page 123
LED EVS Beacon 853 see page 124
Sounder 153 see next page

## ACCESSORIES:
Connector for traffic light combinations 975 853 01
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, 8mm thread length 975 853 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Three highly visible light

effects are available

853

The LED beacon can be

used with the sounder

853 X00 XX 853 X10 XX 853 X20 XX 24 V

+50°C

135 g 130 g 130 g IP67 PLC

-25°C

125
 853/153 Sounder/ LED Beacon Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 85 mm x 85 mm x 72 mm
Housing: PP-GF, black
Lens: LED Beacon 853: PC, transparent
Sounder 153: PC, tinted black
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 8 mm,
Beacons & Traffic Lights

optional Cable gland M20 (accessory)

Fixing: Wall and ceiling mounting
Current consumption: Max. 200 mA at 24 V
Equipment: Eight self-sealing membranes for cable entry without tools
Eight integrated M20 threads, no nuts required
Optional use of a cable gland, thread length of cable gland ≤ 9 mm
(accessory)
Assembly: Incl. snap-on fixing bracket (optional use)
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V AC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: 70 mA 120 mA 150 mA 75 mA (115 V)
150 mA (230 V)
Order no.: 153 000 54 153 000 55 153 000 66 153 000 60

The technical specifications and order specifications of the LED Beacons can be found at
www.werma.com or on page 122 (LED Permanant Beacon), page 123 (LED Double Flash
Beacon) and page 124 (LED EVS Beacon).

# ACCESSORIES:
Connector for traffic light combinations 975 853 01
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, 8mm thread length 975 853 02
The innovative connector
(accessory) enables traffic light
combinations to be created in a  TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:
matter of seconds
Tone Tone type Tone Tone type
1 Continous tone (c. 3000 Hz) 5 800 - 970 Hz rising @ 1 H
2 Horn tone (c. 110 Hz) 6 2400 - 2850 Hz rising @ 7 Hz
3 1 Hz tone (c. 3,0 kHz) 7 1200 - 500 Hz falling @ 1 Hz
4 20 Hz whistle tone (c. 3,0 kHz) 8 Alternating tone 800 Hz/1200 Hz@1 Hz

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

853 153

12 V, 24 V 48 V, 115-230 V

Signalistion index +50°C

8 1
Multi-tone siren 160 g IP65 105 dB PLC
7 -25°C

126
Heavy-Duty Beacons - 839

Your benefits
The heavy-duty beacons have the advantage of a robust and seawater-resi-
stant aluminium housing unit in conjunction with a shock-resistant wire guard.
These products are therefore especially suitable for use in harsh environments,
locations exposed to seawater, or situations where excellent shock resistance
is required.

Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Maintenance-free operation permits use in locations where access is
difficult
• Optimum protection against even severe mechanical strain or
exposure to seawater

Typical applications
Signalling faults and relaying alarms
• In outdoor and indoor areas under extreme conditions
• For maritime applications on ships or in harbour areas

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Bracket mounting

Features
• Special screwed cable gland for equalising the pressure in the
housing with the environmental pressure
• IP66 / 67 for use in harsh conditions

Size comparison EvoSIGNAL Midi/EvoSIGNAL Maxi/Heavy Duty Signalisation index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 6
LED Rotating Light 7
Flashing Light Xenon 9
Rotating Mirror/Rotating Light 7

127
 839 LED Permanent Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 153 mm x 189 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium with integral wire guard
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting (accessory)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (included in assembly)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable diameter 6-13 mm

Installation position: As required
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 12-50 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 500-100 mA 50 mA
red 839 100 55 839 100 68
yellow 839 300 55 839 300 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Mounting bracket 975 839 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

839

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Permanent Light 6 1,28 kg IP67

-30°C

128
 839 LED Rotating Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 153 mm x 189 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium with integral wire guard
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting (accessory)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 -1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (included in assembly)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable diameter 6-13 mm
Installation position: As required
Rotation rate: c. 180 r.p.m.
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: 150 mA 70-180 mA
red 839 120 55 839 120 68
yellow 839 320 55 839 320 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Mounting bracket 975 839 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Mounting bracket
(accessory) 839

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Rotating Light 7 1,28 kg IP67

-30°C

129
 839 Xenon Double Flash Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 153 mm x 189 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium with integral wire guard
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting (accessory)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (included in assembly)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable diameter 6-13 mm

Installation position: As required
Flash energy: 15 Ws
Flash frequency: c. 1 Hz
Life duration: 4 x 10 6 flashes
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 800 mA 200 mA
red 839 152 55 839 152 68
yellow 839 352 55 839 352 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Mounting bracket 975 839 02

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

839

Signalisation index +50°C 15

Xenon Flashing Light 9 1,31 kg IP67
-30°C Ws

130
 839 Rotating Mirror Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 153 mm x 189 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium with integral wire guard
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting (accessory)
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (included in assembly)

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable diameter 6-13 mm
Installation position: As required
Halogen bulb: G 6.35 20W 12/24 V
Mirror rotating rate: 180 r.p.m.
Service life of drive: > 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC / 115 V DC / 230 V AC / 230 V DC
Current consumption: 1.0 A 0.35 A / 0.2 A / 0.15 A / 0.1 A
red 839 160 75 839 160 78
yellow 839 360 75 839 360 78

# ACCESSORIES:
Mounting bracket 975 839 02
SPARE PARTS:
Halogen bulb 20 W/12 V
955 885 24
for 115 V AC, 115 V DC, 230 V AC, 230 V DC
Halogen bulb 20 W/24 V for 24 V AC/DC 955 885 25

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

839

Signalisation index +50°C

Rotating Mirror 7 1,36 kg IP67

-30°C

131


Obstruction Light
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Why do obstacles need to be illuminated?

The law stipulates that buildings of a specific height and in the vicinity of airports
as well as factory chimneys, towers, masts etc. must be equipped with obstruc-
tion lights.
This special lighting makes obstacles visible for pilots in the dark or when visibility
is poor. Obstruction lighting is one of the most important aspects of flight safety.

What directives and regulations are there?

The method of marking obstacles to air traffic is laid down by diverse laws, regu-
lations and recommendations. These regulations have a clearly defined sphere
of influence and are internationally interlinked.
The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) is a special organisation wi-
thin the United Nations created to establish and develop universal regulations for
safety, continuity and economic efficiency in international air traffic. The recom-
mendations of the ICAO are not directly binding in the member states, but must
be transformed by them into the appropriate national legal regulations.
In Germany the Ministry for Transport and Construction Development (BMVBS)
issues the regulations covering obstruction lighting on buildings. The ICAO regu-
lations regarding the methods of marking and lighting aviation obstacles can
be found in ICAO Annex 14.
• "Low intensity obstacle beacon type A": a red permanent night-time war-
ning beacon for fixed obstructions with a brightness of 10 cd.

• "Low intensity obstacle beacon type B": a red permanent night-time war-
ning beacon for fixed obstructions with a brightness of 32 cd.

Where are obstacle lights deployed?

• Germany: Marking of aviation obstacles by night at any height

providing the highest point of the obstacle can be marked.

• According to ICAO: Marking of aviation obstacles by night up to

45 m (”Low-intensity Obstacle Light, Type A”), aditionally in
combination with "medium-intensity obstacle lights"

132
 280 Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light
Type A and B
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 142 mm x 218 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent, clear
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-7 mm

Beacons & Traffic Lights

LED Obstruction Light Type B
Fixing: Base mounting, bracket mounting (accessory), tube mounting (accessory)
Duty cycle: 100 %
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Current consumption at failure of 2 of the 12 LED strips: < 50mA

Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light Type A

Voltage: 12-50 V DC
Current consumption: 500-100 mA
aviation red 280 410 55
Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light Type B (includes Type A)
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC 230 V AC (with monitoring funct.)
Current consumption: ~ 500 mA ~ 200 mA ~ 200 mA / < 50 mA (Failure mode)
aviation red 280 470 55 280 470 68 280 480 68

## ACCESSORIES:
Plastic bracket for wall mounting 975 883 06
Wire guard, only for base mounting 975 883 08
Adaptor for tube mounting 975 883 09

LED Obstruction Light Type A - The  TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

adaptor (accessory) allows quick
and simple mounting on a tube

280
Plastic bracket, adaptor for
tube mounting (accessories)

+50°C

490 g IP65 20J

-30°C

133


281 Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light

Type A and B
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 165 mm x 205 mm
Housing: Aluminium, coloured powder coating
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M25 x 1.5 mm (included in assembly),
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable diameter 9-17 mm

Reducer unit (included in assembly)
Fixing: Base mounting, tube mounting M25 (no accessory required)
LED Obstruction Light Type B
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light Type A
Voltage: 12-50 V DC
Current consumption: 500-100 mA
aviation red 281 410 55
Low-intensity LED Obstruction Light Type B (includes Type A)
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC 230 V AC (with monitoring funct.)
Current consumption: ~ 500 mA ~ 200 mA ~ 200 mA / < 50 mA (Failure mode)
aviation red 281 470 55 281 470 68 281 480 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

LED Obstruction Light Type A

281

+50°C
IP66/
2 kg IP68 -30°C

134
Traffic Lights - 890/895/897/894

Your benefits
Signal lights and traffic lights from the 890/895/897/494 range provide reliable signalling, both as single lights or as combined
signalling lights.

Modular traffic lights 890 and multi-tone sounder 190:

• Cost-effective LED traffic light with clear lenses

Beacons & Traffic Lights

• Easy installation in just a few steps and with any combination of 4 lights
Multi-colour variant (RGY):
• Drastic reduction in number of variants by combining three light colours in a single product –
Ideal where space is restricted
• Additional high-output audible signalling of up to 110 dB(A) available in combination with
multi-tone sounder/vocal alarm 190
Compact LED traffic light 894 for extreme ambient conditions:
• With high IP65/IP69K protection rating for use in extremely harsh conditions
• The 494 range combines a high-output optical signal with a powerful 90dB siren

Typical applications
• Garages and car parks
• Access control or buildings
• Traffic regulation on construction sites
• Signalling for loading bays
• Car washes/washing areas

Installation options
Modular traffic light 890:
• Direct mounting or bracket mounting of up to 4 lights with fixing bracket
Compact LED traffic light 894:
• Wall mounting and tube mounting with additional adapter

Features
190 Vocal Alarm:
• The vocal alarm enables the high-output playback of spoken messages, music and tones
provided in mp3 format

Size comparison Midi/Traffic Lights Signalisation index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 890 7
LED Permanent Light 894 6
Permanent Light (bulb) 890 4
Flashing Light Xenon 890 9
Audible
Multi-tone 190 8
Vocal alarm 190 7
Siren 494 4

135
 890 LED Beacon/LED Traffic Light

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 150 mm x 154 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
LED Permanent Beacon
Base mounting, bracket mounting (accessory),tube mounting
Fixing:
(accessory)
Cable entry: From top or bottom with cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm or from the
Beacons & Traffic Lights

back with rubber grommet Ø 6-12 mm, included in assembly.

Colours: Red, green, yellow
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Installation position: As required
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
LED Beacon/LED Traffic Light
Voltage: 12-24 V DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: < 260 mA < 35 mA
red 890 120 55 890 120 68
green 890 220 55 890 220 68
yellow 890 320 55 890 320 68
LED Permanent Light (RGY)
Voltage: 12-24 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 220 mA < 40 mA
LED Traffic Light Combination
RGY (red, green, yellow) 890 480 55 890 480 68
with mounting bracket
(accessory)
# ACCESSORIES:
FIXING BRACKET
Fixing bracket for one beacon 975 890 33
Fixing bracket for two beacons 975 890 34
Fixing bracket for three beacons 975 890 35
Fixing bracket for four beacons 975 890 37

Mounting material and connecting grommet included in assembly.

Further information can be found on page 142.

CONNECTING GROMMET
Connecting grommet for traffic light combinations 975 890 25

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Clear lenses ensure effective
Traffic light configurator at www.werma.com
signalling even in direct sunlight
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

890

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Permanent Light 7 490 g IP65

-20°C

136
 890/190 (LED) Beacon 890/Multi-Tone Sounder
190/Vocal alarm 190 Combination
L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
(LED-)Beacon/Sounder 190/Vocal Alarm 190
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 150 mm x 154 mm (890)
150 mm x 127 mm (190)
150 mm x 148 mm (Vocal Alarm 190)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Fixing: Base mounting, fixing bracket (accessory)
Cable entry: From top or bottom with cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm or from the
back with rubber grommet Ø 6-12 mm, included in assembly
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Vocal Alarm 190
Sound output: Adjustable, up to 110 dB
File Transfer: Via USB connection and provided software
Possible data format: mp3 and wav files
15 files can be remotely triggered or one sequence with max. 50
Number of sequences:
files
Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements - see Handbook
Assembly: Vocal alarm, USB connection cable and software
Multi-Tone Sounder 190
Voltage: 10-30 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 180 mA < 55 mA < 30 mA
grey 190 000 55 190 000 67 190 000 68
Vocal Alarm 190
High-output
traffic light combination Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 500 mA Low Power
< 1500 mA High Power
grey 190 020 55
LED Beacon 890 see page 136
Permanent Beacon 890 see page 139

# ACCESSORIES:
Fixing bracket, tube adaptor and connecting grommet see page 140

 TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Selectable via DIP switch, see tone table on page 188.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Vocal alarm 190

190.020.55

Signalisation index
(A)
LED Permanent Light
+50°C
32
Vocal alarm
969 g IP65 110 dB PLC
Multi-tone siren -30°C

137
 895 Permanent Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 150 mm x 148 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Socket: E27 max. 25 W
with adhesive stickers E27 max. 15 W
Fixing: Base mounting, tube mounting and fixing bracket (accessory)
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screwed cable gland 0.5 - 1.5 mm2

Cable entry: From top or bottom with cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
or from the back with rubber grommet Ø 6-12 mm
Voltage: 12-230 V AC/DC
red 895 100 00
green 895 200 00
yellow 895 300 00
clear 895 400 00
blue 895 500 00
Bulb not included in assembly.

# ACCESSORIES:
Fixing bracket, additional reflector, Bulbs and LED Bulbs, Adhesive Stickers see Permanent/
Traffic Light Beacon (page 140).

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

895

Signalisation index +50°C

Permanent Light 4 400 g IP65

-30°C

138
 890 Permanent/Traffic Light

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 150 mm x 154 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Socket: E27 max. 25 W for 890 X00 00
with adhesive stickers E27 max. 15 W
Base mounting, fixing bracket (accessory),

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Permanent Beacon Fixing:
tube mounting (accessory)
Connection: Screwed cable gland 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: From top or bottom with cable gland
M20 x 1.5 mm or from the back with rubber
PERMANENT BEACON
Voltage: 12-230 V AC/DC
red 890 100 00
green 890 200 00
yellow 890 300 00
clear 890 400 00
blue 890 500 00
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES: SEE NEXT PAGE

Traffic Light Combination

with mounting bracket
(accessory)

Signalization index +50°C

Permanent Light 4 450 g IP65

-30°C

139
 890 Permanent/Traffic Light Beacon

# ACCESSORIES:
FIXING BRACKET
Fixing bracket for one beacon 975 890 33
Fixing bracket for two beacons 975 890 34
Fixing bracket for three beacons 975 890 35
Fixing bracket for four beacons 975 890 37
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Mounting material and connecting grommet included in assembly.

Further information can be found on page 142.

CONNECTING GROMMET
Connecting grommet for traffic light combinations 975 890 25
REFLECTOR
Additional reflector for 890 X00 00 975 890 02
ADAPTER
Beacon 890 in combination
with Multi-Tone Sounder 190 Tube adapter 975 890 36
(see page 137) BULBS
LED bulb premium E27, 24 V 956 X20 75
LED bulb premium E27, 115 V 956 X20 67
LED bulb premium E27, 230 V 956 X20 68
For colours see page 143
LED Bulb E27, 115 V AC, white 956 050 67
LED Bulb E27, 230 V AC, white 956 050 68
LED Bulb E27, 12-24 V AC/AC, white 956 050 75
ADHESIVE STICKERS:
 975 890 52
STOP 975 890 53
The adaptor (accessory) START 975 890 54
allows quick and simple mounting
on a tube (Ø 75 mm) 975 890 64
975 890 65

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

START BETRIEB ZUTRITT

KEIN
STOP STÖRUNG
ZUTRITT

890 with adhesive sticker

(accessory)

890

140
 897 Xenon Double Flash Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 150 mm x 148 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, tube mounting and fixing bracket (accessory)
Cable entry: From top or bottom with cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
or from the back with rubber grommet Ø 6-12 mm

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal, max. 2.5 mm2
Flash frequency: 1 Hz
Flash energy: 15 Ws
Life duration: 4 x 10 6 flashes
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 700 mA 200 mA
red 897 100 55 897 100 68
yellow 897 300 55 897 300 68
Further colours and voltages on request.

# ACCESSORIES:
Fixing bracket, adhesive stickers see Permanent/Traffic Light Beacon 890 (page 140).

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

897

Signalization index +50°C 15

Xenon Flashing Light 9 400 g IP65
-30°C Ws

141
 890 Fixing bracket for 890/190

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Material Fixing bracket: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Material Connecting Grommet: PA 6.6
Assembly: Fixing bracket with mounting material
and connecting grommet
Suitable for: LED Beacon/LED Traffic Light 890
Permanent/Traffic Light Beacon 890
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Multi-Tone Sounder 190

Fixing bracket for one beacon 975 890 33
Fixing bracket for two beacons 975 890 34
Fixing bracket for three beacons 975 890 35
Fixing bracket for four beacons 975 890 37

Fixing bracket for

(LED) Beacons 890  TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
and Multi-Tone Sounder 190

975.890.3X

The fixing bracket can be mounted

pointing inwards or outwards

1 tier 2 tier 3 tier 4 tier

+50°C

158 g 175 g 195 g 215 g IP65

-20°C

142
 956 LED Bulb E27 premium

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Socket: E27
For use with: 890, 895
Slight deviatons in the form of the bulbs are possible.
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 20 mA ≤ 30 mA ≤ 20 mA
red 956 120 75 956 120 67 956 120 68

Beacons & Traffic Lights

green 956 220 75 956 220 67 956 220 68
yellow 956 320 75 956 320 67 956 320 68

Suitable for use in

Permanent/Traffic Light
Beacons 890 (see page 139)

+50°C

28 g
-20°C

143
 894 LED Traffic Light (IP69k)

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 2 tier: 85 mm x 309 mm x 136 mm
3 tier: 85 mm x 394 mm x 136 mm
Housing: PC/ABS, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Wall mounting, tube mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2

Installation position: Vertical/hanging
Duty cycle: 100 %
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
LED Traffic Light (3 tier) Voltage: 24 V DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: 60 mA (red/yellow) 30 mA per tier
120 mA (green) at 230 V/50 Hz
red/green 894 160 55 894 160 68
red/yellow/green 894 180 55 894 180 68

## ACCESSORIES:
Fixing bracket underneath 975 894 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

The direction of the optical signal can

be individually adjusted

494
Clear lenses ensure effective
signalling even in direct sunlight

2 tier 3 tier

+50°C
IP65/
380 g 410 g IP69k
-30°C

144
 894 LED Traffic Light (IP69k)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 2 tier: 85 mm x 309 mm x 136 mm
3 tier: 85 mm x 394 mm x 136 mm
Housing: PC/ABS, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Wall mounting, tube mounting (accessory)
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Installation position: Vertical/hanging
Duty cycle: 100 %
Life duration: Up to 50, 000 hrs
The direction of the optical
Voltage: 24 V DC 115-230 V AC
signal can be individually
adjusted Current consumption: 60 mA (red/yellow) 30 mA per tier at 230 V/50 Hz
red/green 894 060 55 894 060 68
red/yellow/green 894 080 55 894 080 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

494

2 tier 3 tier

Signalization index +50°C

IP65/
LED Permanent Light 6 380 g 410 g IP69k
-30°C

145
 Monitored / Monitorable Beacons for safety
applications – 806/826/829 families

Your benefits
For applications where safety is an issue, we recommend WERMA’s monitored beacons.
These beacons are certified by the TÜV Technical Inspection Agency and can be inte-
grated into the safety assessment of your machinery/plant equipment in accordance
with EN 13849-1 and EN 62061.
Beacons & Traffic Lights

806 monitorable LED beacons:

• TÜV certified LED light that enables current monitoring
• Approved for muting applications in accordance with IEC 61496-1 and laser appli-
cations as per EN 60825-1
829 monitored LED beacons:
• Built-in monitoring electronics with two potential-free outputs; the light thus achieves
PL e as per EN 13849-1 and safety category 4
• Approval confirmed by TÜV certificate
• Maintenance-free LED technology
826 monitored beacons:
• Built-in monitoring electronics with two potential-free outputs; the light thus achieves
PL e as per EN 13849-1 and safety category 4
• Approval confirmed with a TÜV certificate

Typical applications
Signalling of faults in applications where safety is an issue
• on machinery and plant equipment
• in building service industry

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Bracket mounting with accessories
• Wire guard accessory to protect against mechanical damage

Features
• Further safety-related products are available – or request

Size comparison 806 / 826+829 / EvoSIGNAL Maxi Signalisation index

Optical
LED Permanent Light 4-5
Permanent Light (bulb) 4

146
 806 Monitorable LED Permanent Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 97 mm
Terminal element: PA-GF, high impact
Housing:
Cap: PC
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 14 mm

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Connection: CAGE CLAMP® technology max. 2.5 mm2
Duty cycle: 100 %
Current consumption following
failure of 3 of the 6 strips: < 5 mA
Life duration: Up to 100,000 hrs
Bracket (accessory)
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: 60 mA
yellow 806 350 55
clear 806 450 55

# ACCESSORIES:
Bracket, including cable gland 960 000 02
Bracket for 1-sided mounting 975 840 85

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
What does Muting mean?
Muting is the temporary automatic It is therefore necessary that the signal
overriding of a safety protection device beacon in such applications can be
by means of a control system within the triggered by failsafe technology and the
Accessories normal operating cycle of a machine. This bulb function can be monitored.
bridging of the safety protection must be The standard colour for muting signa-
visually displayed in order to prevent staff lisation is clear; yellow is however also
mistakenly entering a dangerous area. permitted.

Behaviour exhibited Behaviour exhibited when turning

in shutdown phase on a defective signal beacon

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

806.X50.55

Signalisation index +55°C

LED Permanent Light 4 180 g IP65

-20°C

147
 829 Monitored LED Permanent Beacon

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 98 mm x 137 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base, bracket and tube mounting. Base 975 840 90
must be ordered twice for tube mounting - once as
socket for beacon and once as base
Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-7 mm

Connection: Screw terminal with wire protection 0.5-1.5 mm2
Installation position: Vertical
Cable outlet: Downwards
Duty cycle: 100 %
Rated voltage: 24 V DC
Input power 24 V DC: c. 3.5 W
Output current capability: 30 V DC / 100 mA
On state resistance of an output: Max. 25 Ω
Atmospheric humidity: ≤ 95 % without moisture condensation
Response time, normal operation
Monitored Permanent Beacon
and with LED failure: 1 ms to 5 ms
with long life, maintenance-free
in fault cases with safety release: < 1 s (with short-circuit current ≥ 1 A)
LED technology
Certification: EN ISO 13849-1:2008 category 4,
Peformance Level ”e“
EN ISO 13849-2:2008 validation
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: ≤ 150 mA
red 829 170 55
yellow 829 370 55
clear 829 470 55

# ACCESSORIES:
Bracket 975 826 05

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Bracket (accessory)
+
Input Monitoring Signal
24 V electronics outputs

Function
The device is equipped with monitoring If the beacon has not been actuated,
electronics which signal the current flow of both outputs are open. In case of a fault
the beacon back to two electrically isola- at least one output is opened.
ted, potential-free semiconductor outputs
829 A and B (outputs closed).

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Signalisation index +50°C

LED Permanent Light 5 220 g IP65

0°C

148
 826 Monitored Permanent Beacon
L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 98 mm x 137 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base, bracket and tube mounting
Base 975 840 90 must be ordered twice for
base mounting - once as socket for beacon
and once as base

Beacons & Traffic Lights

Cable entry: Cable diameter 5-7 mm
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Rated voltage: 24 V DC ± 10 %
Input power 24 V AC/DC: 7W
Bulb BA15d: 7 W / 24 V
Output current capability: 30 V DC / 100 mA
On state resistance of an output: Max. 25 Ω
Fuse for 7 W bulb: 500 mA quick action (IEC 60127-3/3)
Atmospheric humidity: ≤ 95 % without moisture condensation
Response time, normal operation and
with filament break: 1 ms to 5 ms
Bracket (accessory) in fault cases with safety release: < 300 ms (with short-circuit current ≥ 4 A)
Certification: EN ISO 13849-1:2008 category 4,
Peformance Level „e”
EN ISO 13849-2:2008 validation
Bulb included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V DC
red 826 110 55
yellow 826 310 55
clear 826 410 55

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

+
Input Monitoring Signal
24 V electronics outputs
–
Tube with base (accessory) Function
The device is equipped with a lamp mo- Depending on the safety category, one or
nitor which signals the current flow of the two outputs are to be used for a reliable
incandescent lamp back to two electrically lamp evaluation. In case of an incande-
isolated, potential-free semiconductor scent filament short-circuit in the lamp, the
outputs A and B (outputs closed). If the integrated fuse is tripped. It must be re-
lamp has not been actuated, both outputs placed by a new fuse in accordance with
are open. In case of a fault and/or a lamp the specification after the lamp has been
failure at least one output is opened. replaced by a lamp of equal wattage.

# ACCESSORIES:
Bulb BA15d, 7 W 955 015 35

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

826
+50°C
Signalisation index
Permanent Light (bulb) 4 180 g IP65
0°C

149
 Ex Signal Beacons

Your benefits
Ex rated beacons from WERMA are designed for use in both gas and dust atmospheres
that are potentially explosive.
• Their use in the highest explosion group IIC and IIIC has been tested, which means
that they are suitable for all explosion groups in the relevant area
• Easy, customer-friendly connection thanks to "e" connection area
• Various light effects, also with LED technology, for all conceivable application types
Ex Signal Beacons

Typical applications
Signalling faults and relaying alarms
• in potentially explosive atmospheres resulting from gases and liquids (in
the chemical industry, filling lines for flammable liquids, petrochemical
industry etc.)
• in potentially explosive atmospheres resulting from dust (in the plastics
and metalwork industry, food industry, grain mills and the wood proces-
sing industry)

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Bracket mounting (accessory)
• Tube mounting (accessory)

Features
728 / 729:
• Extended Ex temperature range of -50 °C to 50°C is possible with accessories
728 / 729:
• Seawater resistant aluminium housing

Signalisation index
LED Permanent Light 4
LED Rotating Light 6
LED Flashing Light 6
LED EVS Light 8
Xenon Flashing Light 7

150
 729 Ex LED Permanent Beacon Midi

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 139 x 214 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium, salt water resistant
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Integrated mounting bracket, stainless steel
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 6-13 mm

Ex Signal Beacons
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
The maintenance-free LEDs
have a life duration of up to Assembly: Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm
50,000 hours Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V/230 V AC
Current consumption: 130 mA 30 mA at 230 V AC
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
ll 2D Ex tb lllC T80°C Db
Approval: BVS 11 ATEX E 107
IECEx_BVS_11.0082
red 729 100 55 729 100 68
yellow 729 300 55 729 300 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Ex wire guard, stainless steel 975 729 03
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, metal
To expand the temperature range from -40 °C to -50 °C 975 729 04
Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm 975 729 02
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Additional protection with the
robust wire guard (accessory) For connecting to an additional beacon 975 729 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

729

Signalisation index 2G 2D
+50°C

LED Permanent Light 4 2,9 kg IP66

Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C

151
 729 Ex LED Rotating Beacon Midi

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 139 x 214 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium, salt water resistant
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Integrated mounting bracket, stainless steel
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 6-13 mm
Ex Signal Beacons

Intense rotating signal effect Mirror rotation rate: c. 180 r.p.m.

with low power consumption Duty cycle: 100 %
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Assembly: Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V/230 V AC
Current consumption: < 170 m A 150 mA at 230 V AC
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb II 2G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
ll 2D Ex tb lllC T80°C Db ll 2D Ex tb lllC T95°C Db
Approval: BVS 11 ATEX E 107 BVS 11 ATEX E 107
IECEx_BVS_11.0082 IECEx_BVS_11.0082
red 729 120 55 729 120 68
yellow 729 320 55 729 320 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Ex wire guard, stainless steel 975 729 03
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, metal
Innovative solution: The
To expand the temperature range from -40 °C to -50 °C 975 729 04
universal mounting bracket
(included in assembly) Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm 975 729 02
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
For connecting to an additional beacon 975 729 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

729

+50°C
Signalisation index 2G 2D
2,9 kg IP66
LED Rotating Light 6 Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C

152
 729 Ex LED Double Flash Beacon Midi

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 139 x 214 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium, salt water resistant
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Integrated mounting bracket, stainless steel
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 6-13 mm

Ex Signal Beacons
Assembly: Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm
Intense double flash with Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
low power consumption Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V/230 V AC
Current consumption: < 140 m A 140 mA at 230 V AC
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb II 2G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
ll 2D Ex tb lllC T80°C Db ll 2D Ex tb lllC T95°C Db
Approval: BVS 11 ATEX E 107 BVS 11 ATEX E 107
IECEx_BVS_11.0082 IECEx_BVS_11.0082
red 729 150 55 729 150 68
yellow 729 350 55 729 350 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Ex wire guard, stainless steel 975 729 03
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, metal
To expand the temperature range from -40 °C to -50 °C 975 729 04
Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm 975 729 02
Additional protection with the Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
robust wire guard (accessory)
For connecting to an additional beacon 975 729 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

729

Signalisation index 2G 2D
+50°C

LED Double Flash 6 2,9 kg IP66

Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C

153
 729 Ex LED EVS Beacon Midi

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 139 x 214 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium, salt water resistant
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Integrated mounting bracket, stainless steel
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 6-13 mm
Ex Signal Beacons

Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs

The flickering light of the Ex LED EVS Assembly: Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm
beacon generates an optimal Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
awareness level Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V/230 V AC
Current consumption: < 240 m A 140 mA at 230 V AC
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb II 2G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
ll 2D Ex tb lllC T80°C Db ll 2D Ex tb lllC T95°C Db
Approval: BVS 11 ATEX E 107 BVS 11 ATEX E 107
IECEx_BVS_11.0082 IECEx_BVS_11.0082
red 729 160 55 729 160 68
yellow 729 360 55 729 360 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Ex wire guard, stainless steel 975 729 03
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, metal
To expand the temperature range from -40 °C to -50 °C 975 729 04
Random light signals prevent an accli- Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm 975 729 02
matisation effect occurring Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
For connecting to an additional beacon 975 729 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

729

Signalisation index 2G 2D
+50°C

LED EVS Light 8 2,9 kg IP66

Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C

154
 728 Ex Xenon Flashing Beacon Midi

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 139 x 214 mm
Housing: Black coated aluminium, salt water resistant
Lens: Reinforced borosilicate glass
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Integrated mounting bracket, stainless steel
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 6-13 mm

Ex Signal Beacons
Flash energy: c. 5 Ws
Ex Flashing Beacon for use in gas and Flash frequency:: c. 1 Hz
dust explosion-endangered areas Life duration: 4 x 106 flashes
Assembly: Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V/230 V AC
Current consumption: 300 m A 150 mA
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb II 2G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
ll 2D Ex tb lllC T80°C Db ll 2D Ex tb lllC T95°C Db
Approval: BVS 11 ATEX E 107 BVS 11 ATEX E 107
IECEx_BVS_11.0082 IECEx_BVS_11.0082
red 728 100 55 728 100 68
yellow 728 300 55 728 300 68

# ACCESSORIES:
Ex wire guard, stainless steel 975 729 03
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm, metal
Innovative solution: The
universal mounting bracket To expand the temperature range from -40 °C to -50 °C 975 729 04
(included in assembly) Ex screw plug M20 x 1.5 mm 975 729 02
Ex cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
For connecting to an additional beacon 975 729 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

728

Signalisation index 2G 2D
+50°C 5
Xenon Flashing Light 7 2,9 kg IP66
Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C Ws

155
Horns & Sirens
 Horns & Sirens

Horns & Sirens

 Overview Buzzer, Sirens, Horns and Sounders

Audible signals are everywhere!

Audible signals warn, protect and guide us in the modern industrial world. They function where caution, prudence and clarity are
imperative, indicate emergencies and demand direct action. They are globally understood, irrespective of language, written or
spoken.
Audible signals are deployed where an optical signal is insufficient or inappropriate. The basic signal is provided by one or more
tones or a sequence of tones, raising awareness and alerting to a specific danger.

Overview
Buzzer, Sirens, Horns and Sounders
Horns & Sirens

Product type Installation Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing

Product Installation Sirens EvoSIGNAL EvoSIGNAL
Category Horns & Sounders
range and Buzzer Mini Midi
Dimensions (Ø x Height)* starting on page starting on page starting on page starting on page
Dimensions (L x H x W) 210 169 173 177
Voltage 12 V    
24 V    
30 V
48 V  
115 V    
230 V    
Audible Continuous tone   
Pulse tone   
Multi-tone sounder   
Horn 
Alternating tone 
Vocal alarm
Alarm bell
Protection rating IP30-65 IP33-65 IP66 IP33-65
Signalisation index** 1-5 4-5 8 6-7
Page Page 210 Page 169 Page 173 Page 177

* Technical diagrams can be found on the product page

** Signalisation index - see page 13 + 21

158
 Horns & Sirens
Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing
Design Heavy Duty
Vocal alarm Alarm Bell Ex Horns and Sirens
Multi-Tone Sounder Multi-Tone Sounder

starting on page 184 starting on page 189 starting on page 191 starting on page 198 starting on page 200

 
    


  
   


  




IP65 IP65 up to IP67 IP66 IP65
8 6 6-10 5 4-6
Page 184 Page 189 Page 191 Page 198 Page 200

159
 Installation Buzzers and Sounders

Your benefits
WERMA Installation Buzzers and Sounders have been specifically designed for easy
installation in control panels.
• Quick and easy installation
• Tamper-proof when installed
• Minimal protrusion from panel installations where space is tight

Typical applications
Signalling faults or status messages
• in control cabinets

Installation options
• Installation mounting
Horns & Sirens

Features
• Proven piezo technology (except 338, 382)
107, 109, 110, 111
• High IP65 protection rating for outdoor applications
• Easy to connect using a plug-in connection
• Up to 8 tones for signalling different statuses

Signalisation index
107 109 110 111
Continuous Tone 1 3
Pulse Tone 2 4 3
Multi-Tone Sounder 5 4

338 382 114 118 + 119

Continuous Tone 1 4 3 4
Pulse Tone 1 4

160
 107 Electronic Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 28 mm x 12 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PA fibreglass, high-impact
Tone frequency: c. 2,400 Hz / c. 3,200 Hz (12 V)
Tone type: Continuous tone or pulse tone with approx. 1 Hz
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22)
Connection: Connector plug with screw terminal max. 1.5 mm²
Life duration: > 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 10 mA ≤ 8 mA ≤ 8 mA ≤ 8 mA
Continuous tone 107 000 54 107 000 75 107 000 77 107 000 68
Pulse tone 107 010 54 107 010 75 107 010 77 107 010 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

Simple connection by means 107
107
of connector plug

High protection rating IP 65 for use in

arduous conditions

107 0X0 7X
Signalisation index 107 0X0 68
+50°C
Continuous tone 1 80 dB
30 g IP65 (10 cm)
Pulse tone 2 -20°C

161
 109 Electronic Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 52 mm x 35 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend; Cap: PC
Tone frequency: c. 2,100 Hz
Tone type: Continuous tone or pulse tone with approx. 1 Hz
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22) with anti-twist device
Connection: Connector plug with screw terminal max. 1.5 mm²
Life duration: > 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA
Continuous tone 109 000 75 109 000 77 109 000 68
Pulse tone 109 010 75 109 010 77 109 010 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Bracket with protective cap (IP54), only 24 V 975 109 01 (see picture on page 193 )
Single surface housing 975 109 02
Double surface housing 975 109 03
Triple surface housing 975 109 04
Horns & Sirens

Assembly comprises of only the surface housing. Beacons 800-802

or 815-817 have to be ordered additionally.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Surface housing (accessory)

Surface housing (triple) for

2 beacons and 1 audible element 109
109
(not included in assembly)

Signalisation index
+50°C
Continuous tone 3
50 g IP65 80 dB
Pulse tone 4 -20°C

162
 110 Electronic Installation Multi-Tone Sounder

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 72 mm x 40 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend; Cap: PC
Sound output: Max. 100 dB (sound output is adjustable on rear side
when mounted)
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22) with anti-twist device
Connection: Connector plug with screw terminal max. 1.5 mm 2
Life duration: > 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 80 mA 40 mA 40 mA
Order No.: 110 000 75 110 000 67 110 000 68

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

8 tones selectable on rear side of the housing

Horns & Sirens

Surface housing (accessory)

 ACCESSORIES:
Bracket with protective cap (IP 54) 975 109 01
Surface housing IP 65 (single) 975 109 02
Surface housing IP 65 (double) 975 109 03
Bracket (accessory) for 1 installation beacon and 1 Installation siren
Surface housing IP 65 (triple) 975 109 04
for 2 installation beacons and 1 Installation siren

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

110

Signalisation index
+50°C
8
65 g IP65 100 dB
Multi-tone sounder 5 -20°C

163
 111 Electronic Installation buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 50 mm x 22 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black; Cap: PC
Tone frequency: c. 2,800 Hz
Tone type: Continuous or pulse tone
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
With its minimum level of
Connection: Connector plug with screw terminal max. 1.5 mm²
protrusion the installation buzzer 111
is ideal for control panel applications Life duration: > 5,000 hrs
Assembly: Nut and seal included in assembly
Voltage: 24 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 25 mA 20 mA
Continuous tone 111 000 55 111 000 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

Simple installation with single

hole mounting for M22

111
111

Signalisation index
+50°C
Continuous tone 3
Pulse tone 4 30 g IP65 80 dB PLC
-20°C

164
 338 AC Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 23 mm x 18.5 mm x 35 mm (338 273)
Material: PC/ABS-Blend, black; Cover: PC
Mounting: As required
Fixing: M3 or M4 thread
230 V AC, c. 65 dB, spades, fixing: M3 338 273 28
230 V AC, c. 75 dB, solder lugs for printed circuits, fixing: M3 338 323 28
230 V AC, c. 75 dB, spades, 6.3 x 0.8 mm, fixing: M3 338 373 28
230 V AC, c. 75 dB, spades, 6.3 x 0.8 mm, fixing: M4 338 374 28
338 373 Further voltages on request.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

30 g

338 323 65-75

338.273.28 338.323.28 338.37X.28 dB

382 Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 54.5 mm x 36.5 mm
Housing: Steel, passivated
Connection: AC: 2 wires, 215 mm long; DC: 2 wires, 50 mm long
Fixing: M3 thread
AC Version
Voltage: 230 V AC
Current consumption: 15 mA
Order No.: 382 013 68
DC Version
Voltage: 6 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: 100 mA 70 mA
Order No.: 382 013 53 382 013 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Signalisation index 382

338 Continuous tone 1
338 Pulse tone 1
382 Continuous tone 90 dB
4 50 g

165
 114 Electronic Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 42.5 mm x 10 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend; Nut: PA fibreglass, high-impact
Connection: Spades 6.3 x 0.8 mm, finger proof model according
to BGV A2, when used with insulated spades
Tone frequency: c. 2,400 Hz
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 30.5 mm (M30)
Voltage: 24 V DC (12-30 V) 230 V AC (110-240 V)
Current consumption: 20 mA 20 mA
Order No.: 114 068 15 114 068 28

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

114

+60°C
Signalisation index
50 g IP30 85 dB
Dauerton 3 -20°C

166
 118/119 Electronic Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 43 mm x 49 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Spades 6.3 x 0.8 mm, finger proof model according to
BGV A2, when used with insulated spades
Tone frequency: c. 2,400 Hz
Tone type: Type 118 Continuous tone
Type 119 Continuous tone and pulse tone, c. 1 Hz,
selectable via plug-in terminal
Version with 3 tones: 2.7 kHz, 270 Hz, 337 Hz
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 28.5 mm (M28)
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 115 V AC/DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA
Continuous tone 118 068 14 118 068 15 118 068 26 118 068 27 118 068 28
Continuous/pulse tone - 119 068 15 119 068 26 119 068 27 119 068 28
Voltage: 24 V DC (9-29 V DC)
Current consumption: < 30 mA (Tone 1)
3 tones 119 004 55

Horns & Sirens

Cap  ACCESSORIES:
Cap 975 118 00

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

118
118 119

Signalisation index
+60°C
Dauerton 4
50 g IP30 IP43 90 dB 80 dB
Pulston 4 With cap 0°C With cap

167
 EvoSIGNAL - Horns & Sirens

Your benefits
The type of audible signals used depends on the application and the environment. With EvoSIGNAL,
finding the right signal device has never been so easy: almost all applications are covered by only
two sizes with specific mounting adapters. The new modular, simple and clear standard solution. Evo-
SIGNAL is one of a kind.
• Simple and easy to use: Number of different articles reduced to 20% whilst retaining a full range
• Adaptable: Adjustable volume, 10 tones available with Midi range
• Poka Yoke: Simple and intuitive installation - incorrect installation is impossible

Typical applications
Signal faults and statuses on machines and equipment, in building services engineering and for
electric gates and entry access systems. All products are ideal for demanding indoor and outdoor
applications.
• Mini – in installation sites with limited space
• Midi – signalling over medium distances (10–30 m)
Horns & Sirens

Installation options
• Base mounting
• M22/PG 29 single-hole mounting
• Tube mounting
• Bracket mounting

Features
• Push fit connection terminals: Simple and permanently secure connection
• Fully compatible: Easy replacement of previous products
• Best-in-class equipment: Powerful, extremely robust (IP66), tamper-proof

Signalisation index
Mini 5-6
Midi 7-8

Mini Midi

168
EvoSIGNAL Mini - Horns & Sirens

85 mm

Horns & Sirens

Scale 1:1

Ø 62 mm

3 6
Horns & Sirens Mounting adapter

169
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - Horns & Sirens

OLD
Electronic buzzer Horn
127 582
128 482
Horns & Sirens

NEW

170
 Quick-Finder EvoSIGNAL Mini - Horns & Sirens

12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

160 700 74 160 700 75 160 700 60

+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Horns & Sirens

Base mounting Installation Installation Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket mounting
mounting M22 mounting PG 29 with cable gland

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
260 700 01 260 700 03 260 700 04 260 700 05 260 700 06 260 700 07

118.483
260.700.01 118.483
260.700.03 118.483
260.700.04

118.483
260.700.05 118.483
260.700.06 118.483
260.700.07

171
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - Horns & Sirens

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 62 mm x 85 mm
Housing: PC/ABS
Lens: PC, grey
Fixing: Base/Tube/Wall and Inatallation mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Tone type: Pulse or Permanent tone

Bracket mounting Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

with cable gland Current consumption: ≤ 30 mA ≤ 40 mA ≤ 30 mA
Order no. 160 700 74 160 700 75 160 700 60

 ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 260 700 01
Installation mounting M22 260 700 03
Installation mounting PG 29 260 700 04
Tube mounting 260 700 05
Horns & Sirens

Bracket mounting with cable gland 260 700 06

Bracket mounting 260 700 07

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

118.483
160

160

78 g

260.700.01 260.700.03 260.700.04 260.700.05 260.700.07

Signalisation sindex 260.700.06
+60°C
Permanent 5 95 dB
13 g 21 g 28 g 35 g 26 g IP 66
Pulse 6 -30°C

172
EvoSIGNAL Midi - Horns & Sirens

78 mm

Horns & Sirens

Scale 1:1

Ø 85 mm

2 6
Horns & Sirens Mounting adapter

173
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - Horns & Sirens

OLD
Electronic Multi-Tone sounder Electronic Horn
133 585
134 584
Horns & Sirens

NEW

174
Quick-Finder EvoSIGNAL Midi - Horns & Sirens

12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

161 700 70 161 700 60

+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Base mounting Base mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket mounting Horn
with cable gland with cable gland

Horns & Sirens

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
261 700 01 261 700 02 261 700 05 261 700 06 261 700 07 261 700 03

118.483
261.700.01 118.483
261.700.02 118.483
261.700.03

118.483
261.700.05 118.483
261.700.06 118.483
261.700.07

175
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - Horns & Sirens
 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 85 mm x 78 mm
Housing: PC/ABS
Lens: PC, grey
Fixing: Base/Tube/Wall mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Base mounting Connection: Pusch-In terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Tone type: Multi-tone
Tone frequency: 3300 Hz

Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

Current consumption: ≤ 175 mA ≤ 105 mA
Order no. 161 700 70 161 700 60

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES

10 selectable tones and adjustable sound output
Tone Tone type
0 Horn tone (ca. 110 Hz), max. 107 dB(A)
1 Continuous tone (ca. 3.3 kHz), max. 106 dB(A)
Horns & Sirens

Tube mounting 2 Pulse tone 1 Hz (ca. 3.3 kHz), max. 110 dB(A)
3 Whistle tone 20 Hz (ca. 3.3 kHz), max. 110 dB(A)
4 800 – 970 Hz rising @ 1 Hz, max. 95 dB(A)
5 2400 - 2850 Hz rising @ 7 Hz, max. 99 dB(A)
6 1200 – 500 Hz falling @ 1 Hz, max. 101 dB(A)
7 Alternating tone 800 Hz / 1200 Hz @ 1 Hz, max. 100 dB(A)
8 Sweep-Tone 2100 – 4100 Hz @ 0.5 Hz, max. 110 dB(A)
9 Continuous tone (c. 700 Hz), max. 97 dB(A)

 ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 261 700 01
Base mounting with cable gland 261 700 02
Tube mounting 261 700 05
Bracket mounting Bracket mounting 261 700 07
Bracket mounting with cable gland 261 700 06
Horn 261 700 03

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM

118.483
161

161 261.700.01

136 g 38 g

261.700.02 261.700.05 261.700.06 261.700.07 261.700.03

+60°C
Signalisation index
98 g 56 g 95 g 47 g 127 g IP 66 110 dB
Midi 8 -30°C

176
Horns and Sirens

Your benefits
The loud Horns, Sounders and Sirens from WERMA provide safety and security by
delivering reliable audible warning when faults occur over longer distances or in
noisy environments.
• Quick and easy installation
• Tamper-proof when installed
• Ideal for noisy environments

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• On machine controllers and on large equipment
• In building service systems (e.g. gas alarm)
• Alarm in the event of overload (e.g. mobile cranes)

Installation options

Horns & Sirens

• Wall mounting

Features
• 574/575 series with ten times longer life duration compared to
electromechanical versions
• Up to 8 tones for signalling different statuses

Signalisation index
126 574 + 575 570
Signal Horn 7 6
Multi-Tone Sounder 7

123 573
Signal Horn 6
Alternating Tone 7

177
 123 Electronic Siren

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 54 mm x 67 mm x 67 mm
Housing: ABS
Tone frequency: 2.5 / 3.5 Hz
Tone type: Alternating
Connection: 2 wires, c. 450 mm long
Fixing: Metal bracket
Voltage: 12 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: 100 mA 100 mA
Order No.: 123 100 54 123 200 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

123

+70°C
Signalisation index
80 g IP54 105 dB
Alternating tone 7 -30°C

178
 126 Electronic Multi-Tone Sounder

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 70 mm x 79.5 mm x 77 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Tone types and frequencies: 4 selectable tones adjustable
Continuous tone: c. 2,700 Hz
Continuous tone: c. 530 Hz
Bell: c. 2,700 Hz (pulse 20 Hz)
Pulse tone: c. 2,700 Hz (pulse 1 Hz)
2
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 9 mm
Fixing: Wall mounting, Sound outlet facing downwards
Voltage: 12-24 V DC
Current consumption: 80 mA
Order No.: 126 052 15

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

126

Signalisation index +50°C

4
Multi-tone sounder 7 140 g IP33
-20°C
105 dB PLC

179
 570 Electromechanical Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 148 mm x 350 mm x 152 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2
Fixing: Wall mounting, Sound outlet facing downwards
Voltage: 24 V AC (50 Hz) 42-48 V AC (50/60 Hz) 115 V AC (50/60 Hz) 230 V AC (50 Hz)
Current consumpt.: 500 mA 250 mA 200 mA 70 mA
Order No.: 570 052 65 570 052 66 570 052 67 570 052 68
Pulse tone (AC)
Voltage: 230 V AC (50 Hz)
Current consumpt.: ≤ 70 mA
Order No.: 570 100 68
Continuous tone (DC)
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V DC 230 V DC
Current consumpt.: 350 mA 150 mA 100 mA
Order No.: 570 052 55 570 052 57 570 052 58
Further voltages on request.
Horns & Sirens

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

570
570

Signalisation index +60°C

IP55 108 dB
Hupe 6 1 kg
-20°C

180
 573 Electromechanical Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 104 mm x 232 mm x 232 mm
Fixing dimensions (B x H): 130 mm x 160 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M16 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 5-10 mm
Fixing: Wall mounting, Sound outlet facing downwards
Voltage: 24 V DC 24 V AC 42-48 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC
(50 Hz) (50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz) (50 Hz)
Current consumption: 350 mA 500 mA 250 mA 200 mA 70 mA
Order No.: 573 000 55 573 000 65 573 000 66 573 000 67 573 000 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

573

+50°C
Signalisation index
1,25 Kg IP65 105 dB
Horn 6 -30°C

181
 574 Electronic Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 134 mm x 340 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Fixing: Wall mounting, integrated mounting bracket
Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
2
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Tone frequency: C. 110 Hz
Life duration: Up to 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 10-48 V AC/DC* 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: 55 mA 210 mA 30 mA
Order No.: 574 000 75 574 000 70 574 000 60
* Current consumption at 10 V / 115 V

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

574

adjustable
+50°C
Signalisation index
535 g IP65 108 dB
Horn 7 -30°C

182
 575 Electronic Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 134 mm x 169 mm x 144 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Fixing: Wall mounting, integrated mounting bracket
Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 11 mm
Tone frequency: C. 110 Hz
Life duration: Up to 5,000 hrs
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 10-48 V AC/DC* 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: 55 mA 210 mA 30 mA
Order No.: 575 000 75 575 000 70 575 000 60
* Current consumption at 10 V / 115 V
Quick and simple wall mounting
without additional accessories with
the integrated mounting bracket
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

575

adjustable
+50°C
Signalisation index
410 g IP65 108 dB
Horn 7 -30°C

183
 Design Multi-Tone Sounder

Your benefits
WERMA Design Multi-Tone Sounders provide safety and security by providing an
audible warning in applications with greater aesthetic requirements. The innovative
housing design makes for simple mounting in many diverse applications.
• Ideal signalling effect over great distances
• Many application options with up to 32 tones available
• Up to 3 tones can be externally triggered for the escalation of signals
• Includes standardised tones (including those used in fire alarms)

Typical applications
• Signalling faults or alarms in the event of danger
• in building service systems
• on machinery and equipment

Installation options
Horns & Sirens

• Wall mounting
• Base mounting
• Ceiling mounting

Features
• Up to 32 tones (standardised according to various standards and guidelines)
• Multi-voltage versions allow multiple applications with a single device

Signalisation index
Audible
Multi-Tone Sounder 8

184
 140 Multi-Tone Sounder

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 100 mm x 110 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal max. 2.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable gland not included in assembly
Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch, see table page 186
Installation position: Sound outlet not facing upwards
Voltage: 9 -28 V DC
Current consumption: ≤ 120 mA
red 140 150 50
white 140 950 50
Voltage: 110-240 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 40 mA
red 140 150 60
white 140 950 60

 ACCESSORIES:

Horns & Sirens

Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm 975 444 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

140.X50.XX

with use of rear

9-28 V 110-240 V cable entry

Signalisation index
+70°C
32
260 g 290 g IP54 IP65 115 dB
Multi-tone sounder 8 -40°C

185
 140 Tone table

The 140 Multi-Tone Sounder offers a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest spectrum of ap-
plications. The low voltage version allows two tones to be triggered externally. Selectable via DIP switch.

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Tone 1 Sound output (dBA) Tone 2
Tone type Description
No. (12 V) (24 V) Low voltage
1 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke BS 5839-1: 2002 101 105 14
2 rising 800/970 Hz in 7 Hz stroke 103 107 14
3 rising 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke BS 5839-1: 2002; VdS tested 104 108 14
4 continuous 2,850 Hz 110 115 14
5 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 7 Hz stroke 108 114 4
6 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 109 115 4

7 500-1,200 Hz rising in 3 sec., 0.5 sec OFF 100 104 14

8 falling 1,200-500 Hz in 1 Hz stroke DIN 33404; VdS tested 99 104 14

9 alternating 2,400/2,850 Hz in 2 Hz stroke 108 115 4
10 pulse 970 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke Back-up-alarm BS 5839 Part 1 1988 98 105 14
Horns & Sirens

11 alternating 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke BS5839 Part 1 1988 100 105 14

12 pulse 2,850 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke 107 114 4
970 Hz pulse:
13 96 105 14
0.25 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF
14 continuous 970 Hz BS 5839-1: 2002 101 105 15
554 Hz/100 ms French alarm signal
15 97 102 14
alternating 440 Hz/400 ms AFNOR NFS 32 S 32-001
16 660 Hz pulse: 150 ms ON, 150 ms OFF Swedish alarm signal 97 101 17
660 Hz pulse:
17 Swedish alarm signal 97 103 16
1.8 sec. ON, 1.8 sec. OFF
660 Hz pulse:
18 Swedish alarm signal 99 103 14
6.5 sec. ON, 13 sec. OFF
19 continuous 660 Hz Swedish alarm signal 99 103 21
20 alternating 554/440 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke 99 103 21
21 pulse 660 Hz in 1 Hz stroke Swedish alarm signal 98 104 19
2,850 Hz pulse:
22 Pedestrian crossing GB 109 115 14
150 ms ON, 100 ms OFF
23 rising 800/970 Hz in 50 Hz stroke Low frequency BS 5839 Part 1 1988 101 106 14
rising 2,400-2,850 Hz
24 High frequency 106 112 4
in 50 Hz stroke
970 Hz pulse: 3 x 500 ms ON,
25 ISO 8201 Low frequency: Evacuation 101 105 26
500 ms OFF, Pause 1.5 sec.
2,850 Hz pulse: 3 x 500 ms ON,
26 ISO 8201 High frequency 109 115 25
500 ms OFF, Pause 1.5 sec.
970/800 Hz alternating: 1.5 s ON,
27 96 105 17
0.5 s OFF
28 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke FP 1063.1 - Telecoms/BS 5839-1: 2002 99 105 10
29 alternating 988/645 Hz in 2 Hz stroke 99 104 988 Hz cont­. tone
30 alternating 510/610 Hz in 2 Hz stroke 97 102 510 Hz cont­. tone
31 falling 1,200-300 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 99 104 13
32 alternating 510/610 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 97 102 510 Hz cont­. tone

186
 144 Multi-Tone Sounder

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 109 mm x 113 mm x 150 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: 24 V: Screw terminal 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
115/230 V: CAGE CLAMP®
Cable entry: Membrane for cable diameter max. 13 mm
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Base Mounting Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch, see table on page 188
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 200 mA 55 mA 30 mA
Order No.: 144 000 75 144 000 67 144 000 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief) 975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is provided even without cable gland

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

Wall mounting

144

24 V 115 V / 230 V (A) (C) 24 V

Signalisation index
+50°C
32
300 g 450 g IP65 110 dB 114 dB PLC
Multi-tone sounder 8 -30°C

187


144 Tone table

The 144 Multi-Tone Sounder offers a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest spectrum of ap-
plications. 3 tones can be triggered externally.

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Frequency Output
Tone 1 Tone type Description Use Tone 2 Tone 3
(Hz) (dB)
1 continuous 200 BS 5839-1:2002 440 Hz cont. 554 Hz cont. 97
2 rising 800 & 970 7 Hz 14 800 Hz cont. 102
3 rising 800 & 970 1 Hz 14 800 Hz cont. 103
3 s, then 0.5 s OFF
4 continuous 2850 14 9 104
(then repeat)
5 rising 2400 - 2850 7 Hz 4 2400 Hz cont. 109
6 rising 2400 - 2850 1 Hz 4 2400 Hz cont. 110
3 s, then 0.5 s OFF
7 rising 500 - 1200 14 8 106
(then repeat)
8 falling 1200 - 500 1 Hz DIN 33404-3 14 7 104
9 alternating 2400 & 2850 2 Hz 4 2400 Hz cont. 111
Horns & Sirens

10 pulse 970 0.5 Hz (1 s On/1 s Off) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 800 Hz cont. 101

11 alternating 800 & 970 1 Hz BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 800 Hz cont. 105

12 pulse 2850 0.5 Hz 4 22 104

13 pulse 970 0,25 s On/1 s Off 14 800 Hz cont. 98
BS 5839-1:2002
14 continuous 970 10 8 102
PFEER - Toxic gas
15 alternating 554 & 440 France NFS 14 800 Hz cont. 101
16 pulse 660 150 ms On/150 ms Off Swedish 16 14 96
17 pulse 660 1.8 s On/1.8 s Off Swedish 17 14 98
18 pulse 660 6.5 s On/13 s Off Swedish 18 14 98
19 continuous 660 Swedish 19 31 98
20 alternating 554 & 440 0.5 Hz 20 19 102
21 pulse 660 1 Hz Swedish 21 4 97
22 pulse 2850 150 ms On/100 ms Off GB 14 4 104
23 rising 800 - 970 50 Hz (low) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 800 Hz cont. 102
24 rising 2400 - 2850 50 Hz (high) 4 2400 Hz cont. 109
3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF / ISO 8201
25 pulse 970 1.5 s silence, 26 14 101
then repeat (low) US Temporal

3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF / ISO 8201

26 pulse 2850 1.5 s silence, 25 4 104
then repeat (high) US Temporal

27 continuous 4000 27 6 92

28 rising 2000 - 2850 7 Hz 2000 Hz cont. 4 111

29 alternating 988 & 645 2 Hz 988 Hz cont. 645 Hz cont. 102

30 alternating 510 & 610 2 Hz 510 Hz cont. 610 Hz cont. 102
31 alternating 800 & 970 2 Hz 5839-1:2002 800 cont. 14 105
32 alternating 800 & 1200 1 Hz 800 cont. 1200 Hz cont. 105

188
Vocal alarm

Your benefits
This extremely loud Vocal Alarm provides the ability to play application-specific
audio files in order to produce clear and targeted instructions. It is particularly sui-
table for large assembly facilities and can address defined groups of people (for
example, a particular work unit) in a targeted manner.
• Reliable alarm output over long distances or in noisy environments
• Easy to adjust to local conditions
• Excellent audio and sound quality for optimum clarity of signalling
• Completely flexible; select the audio file yourself

Typical applications
Signalling faults or issuing specific instructions
• For areas with high ambient noise levels
• In production and assembly environments

Horns & Sirens

Installation options
• Wall mounting

Features
• Plays customer-specific audio files (sounds, melodies and your
own recorded messages)
• 15 files can be played, or a sequence with a maximum of
50 files
• Simple USB data transfer
• Sound output can be externally triggered up to 110 dB

Signalisation index
Audible
Vocal alarm 7

189
 154 Vocal alarm

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 111 mm x 98 mm x 111 mm
Housing: PP-GF, PC/ABS Blend
Sound output: Adjustable, up to 110 dB
File Transfer: Via USB connection and provided software
Possible data format: mp3 and wav files
Number of sequences: 15 files can be remotely triggered or one
sequence with max. 50 files
Vocal alarm 154 Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements - see Handbook
Assembly: Vocal alarm , USB connection cable and software
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: < 500 mA Low Power
< 1500 mA High Power
Order No.: 154 000 55

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

154.000.55

User-friendly software ensures

easy transfer of audio files
and simple operation

+50°C
Signalisation index 110 dB
IP65
Vocal alarm 7 -20°C

190
Heavy Duty Multi-Tone Sounder

Your benefits
The robust housings of WERMA Heavy Duty Multi-Tone Sounders are particularly
well-suited for use in public areas or in harsh industrial environments. Versions with
an aluminium housing and separate certification (German Lloyd) are available for
marine applications.
• Ideal in extremely noisy environments and over long distances
• Many application options with up to 42 tones
• Up to 3 tones can be externally triggered for the escalation of signals
• Includes standardised tones (including those used in fire alarms)

Typical applications
Signalling of faults and alarms
• outdoors in extreme conditions
• in larger industrial plants

Horns & Sirens

• in maritime applications

Installation options
• Wall mounting

Features
• High protection rating up to IP67
• Multi-voltage versions allow multiple applications with a single
device

Signalisation index
Audible 139 141 142 129
Multi-Tone Sounder 6 8 10 8

191
 129 Electronic Multi-Tone Sounder (110 dB)

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 143 mm x 161 mm x 161 mm
Housing: Die-cast aluminium
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch, see table page 193
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 400 mA 120 mA 60 mA
Order No.: 129 052 55 129 052 67 129 052 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

129

24 V 230 V
Signalisation index +55°C
31
1,8 kg 2,2 kg IP67 110 dB
Multi-tone sounder 8 -40°C

192
129 Tone table

The 129 Multi-Tone Sounder offers a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest spectrum of
applications.­

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Tone 1+2
Tone type Description
No.
1 falling 1,200-500 Hz in 1 Hz stroke DIN 33404
2 950 Hz pulse: 3 x 500 ms ON, 500 ms OFF, Pause 1.5 sec. ISO 8201
3 alternating 825 Hz/1,025 Hz in 2 Hz stroke

4 continuous 950 Hz

5 950 Hz pulse: 1 sec. ON, 1 sec. OFF

6 500-1,200 Hz rising and falling in 3 sec. Siren

554 Hz/100 ms French fire alarm signal
7
alternating 440 Hz/400 ms AFNOR NFS 32 S 32-001
8 pulse 700 Hz: 150 ms ON, 150 ms OFF, cycle 1 Min.

Horns & Sirens

9 pulse 800 Hz: 4 ms ON, 4 ms OFF

10 continuous 500 Hz

11 continuous 725 Hz

12 continuous 825 Hz

13 continuous 1,250 Hz

14 continuous 1,500 Hz

15 pulse 500 Hz: 500 ms ON, 500 ms OFF

16 pulse 825 Hz: 500 ms ON, 500 ms OFF

17 pulse 725 Hz: 0.7 sec. ON, 0.3 sec. OFF

18 pulse 800 Hz: 0.25 sec. ON, 1 sec. OFF

19 alternating 800 Hz/1,000 Hz in 2 Hz stroke

20 pulse 825 Hz: 2.5 sec. ON, 2.5 sec OFF x 7, then 7 sec. pulse

21 pulse 950 Hz: 1 sec. ON, 1 sec. OFF, 3 sec. ON, 1 sec. OFF

22 rising 500-1,200 Hz in 3 sec., 0.5 sec OFF

23 rising 500-2,400 Hz in 3 sec.

24 alternating 825 Hz/1,075 Hz in 1 Hz stroke

25 alternating 500 Hz/900 Hz in 2 Hz stroke

26 alternating 1,200 Hz/1,400 Hz in 25 Hz stroke

27 rising 300-1,200 Hz in 3 sec.

28 700-1,500 Hz rising and falling in 3 sec.

29 rising 150-1,000 Hz in 10 sec., 40 sec. ON, falling in 10 sec.

30 pulse 680 Hz: 0.875 sec. ON, 0.875 sec. OFF

31 rising 1,400-1,600 Hz in 1 sec., falling in 0.5 sec.

193
 139 Electronic Multi-Tone Sounder (105 dB)

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 136 mm x 108 mm x 119 mm
Housing: ABS
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch
Voltage: 9-60 V DC 115/230 V AC
Current consumption: 15 mA (24V) 20 mA (230 V)
red 139 000 55 139 000 68
grey 139 100 55 139 100 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm 975 444 01

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

For further details see www.werma.com.
Horns & Sirens

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

139

Signalisation index
+70°C
32
500 g IP66 105 dB
Multi-tone sounder 6 -25°C

194
 141 Electronic Multi-Tone Sounder (110 dB)

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 165 mm x 136 mm x 132 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch
Voltage: 9-60 V DC 115/230 V AC
Current consumption: 120 mA (24V) 22 mA (230 V)
red 141 000 55 141 000 68
grey 141 100 55 141 100 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm 975 444 01

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

For further details see www.werma.com.

Horns & Sirens

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

141

Signalisation index
+70°C
32
800 g IP66 110 dB
Multi-tone sounder 8 -25°C

195
 142 Electronic Multi-Tone Sounder (120 dB)

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 168 mm x 168 mm x 155 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Tone types and frequencies: Selectable via DIP switch, see table on page 197
Voltage: 18-30 V DC 115/230 V AC
Current consumption: 450 mA 130 mA (115 V) / 65 mA (230 V)
red 142 000 55 142 000 68
grey 142 100 55 142 100 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm 975 444 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Horns & Sirens

142

142 X00 68 142 X00 55

Signalisation index
+75°C
42
1,8 kg 1,6 kg IP66 120 dB
Multi-tone sounder 10 -25°C

196
142 Tone table
The 142 Multi-Tone Sounder offers a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest spectrum of ap-
plications. The first two tones can be freely chosen. The third tone is paired with the second tone.

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Tone 1+2 Output
Tone type Description Tone 3
No. (dBA)
1 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 120 14
2 rising 800/970 Hz in 7 Hz stroke (7/s) 120 14
3 rising 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (1/s) 120 14
4 continuous 2,850 Hz 111 9
5 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 7 Hz stroke 109 4
6 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 110 4
7 500-1,200 Hz rising in 3 sec., 0.5 sec. OFF Slow Whoop Holland 119 14
DIN/PFEER (PAPA), DIN 33404-3, VDS
8 falling 1,200-500 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 119 14
tested
9 alternating 2,400/2,850 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 119 14
10 pulse 970 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) PFEER Alarm 113 4
11 alternating 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) 117 14

Horns & Sirens

12 pulse 2,850 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) 118 144
13 970 Hz pulse: 0.25 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF 112 14
14 continuous 970 Hz PFEER - Toxic gas 117 8
French alarm signal AFNOR NFS 32 S
15 554 Hz/100 ms alternating 440 Hz/400 ms 118 14
32-001
16 660 Hz pulse: 150 ms ON, 150 ms. OFF Swedish alarm signal 115 14
17 660 Hz pulse: 1.8 sec. ON, 1.8 sec. OFF Swedish alarm signal 114 14
18 660 Hz pulse: 6.5 sec. ON, 13 sec. OFF Swedish alarm signal 115 14
19 continuous 660 Hz Swedish alarm signal 116 1
20 alternating 554/440 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) Swedish alarm signal 115 19
21 pulse 660 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) Swedish alarm signal 115 4
22 pulse 2,850 Hz in 4 Hz stroke (150 ms ON / 100 ms OFF 110 4
23 rising 800-970 Hz in 50 Hz stroke 117 14
24 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 50 Hz stroke 110 4
25 970 Hz pulse: 3 x 500 ms. ON, 500 ms OFF, break 1.5 sec. ISO 8201 / US Temporal 118 14
26 2,850 Hz pulse: 3 x 500 ms. ON, 500 ms OFF, break 1.5 sec. ISO 8201 / US Temporal 112 4
27 continuous 4,000 Hz 105 6
28 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 118 14
29 alternating 990/650 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 117 14
30 alternating 510/610 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 116 14
31 rising 300-1,200 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 118 14
32 continuous Bell 117 3
33 continuous Bell: 3x500 ms. Pulse, 1.5 sec. Silence, then repeat Bell / US Temporal 117 14
34 alternating 1,000/2,000 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) Singapore 115 4
35 pulse 420 Hz (0,625 sec.) Australian alarm signal 118 14
36 500-1,200 Hz rising in 3,75 sec., then 0,25 sec. OFF Australian alarm signal (Evacuation) 117 14
37 rising 1,400-1,600 Hz in 1 sec., falling in 0.5 sec. NF C 48-265 116 14
38 500-1,200 Hz rising and falling 3 sec. Siren 117 14
39 pulse 720 Hz: 0.7 sec. ON, 0.3 sec. OFF German industrial alarm 118 14
40 rising 422-775 Hz in 0.85 sec., 1 sec. silence, then repeat NFPA Whoop 118 14
41 continuous 470 Hz Horn (USA) 114 3
42 continuous 370 Hz Air Horn (USA) 113 3

197
 Alarm Bell

Your benefits
A signalling technology classic: The robust WERMA Alarm Bell for signalling break-time
or machine activation warnings.
• Many application possibilities
• Robust housing prevents damage when used in public areas or in harsh industrial
environments

Typical applications
As a bell or alarm
• Goods receiving areas
• Entry/exit applications
• Counter service call point, etc.

Installation options
• Wall mounting
Horns & Sirens

Features
• High IP66 protection rating for outdoor use

Signalisation index
Audible
Alarm Bell 5

198
 914 Alarm Bell

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Depth): 167 mm x 76 mm
Housing: Steel bell, epoxy powder coated
Connection: Screw terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M16 x 1.5 mm
Cable diameter 5-10 mm
Voltage: 24 V DC 110 V AC (50/60 Hz) 230 V AC
Current consumption: 300 mA 90 mA 55 mA
Order No.: 914 052 55 914 052 67 914 052 68 (50 Hz)

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Horns & Sirens

914
914

+50°C
Signalisation index at DC - 98 dB(A)
1 kg IP66 98 dB at AC - 100 dB(A)
Alarm bell 5 -30°C

199
 Ex Horns and Sirens

Your benefits
Ex Horns and Sirens from WERMA have been developed specifically for use in
potentially explosive atmospheres. The Ex signalling devices are designed for use in
explosive gas and vapour atmospheres (zones 1 and 2).
• Many years of proven use in potentially explosive areas
• Light and compact design for easy mounting
• Diverse signalling options

Typical applications
Signalling of faults or alarms
• during the processing or filling of highly flammable substances (gases and/or
vapours and liquids)
• during storage of highly flammable substances (gases and/or vapours and
liquids)
• in industrial plants with flammable dust atmospheres (e.g. metal processing,
Ex Horns & Sirens

sawmills, mills, powdered milk processing plants)

Installation options
• Wall mounting

Features
• For use with or without the use of a safety barrier (depends on product)
• Proven technology with ATEX and IECEx certifications
761:
• „E“ terminal box for easy connection; approved for use in gas and dust appli-
cations (zones 1 and 21)

Signalisation index
Audible
Continuous Tcone 4
Signal Horn 6

200
 718 Ex Electronic Installation Buzzer

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 43 mm x 14 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Spades 6.3 x 0.8 mm
Tone frequency: c. 2,400 Hz
Duty cycle: 100 %
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 / T5 / T6 Gb
Approval: DMT 98 ATEX E 005 X
Maximum values of the Zener
Ui: 40 V DC, li: 660 mA
barrier:
Minimum values of the Zener For 24 V DC
barrier: 15 V DC/ 20 mA
Maximum Input Power Pi: Temp.- Max. surrounding temperature
classes + 40°C + 50°C + 60°C
T4 Pi = 1.3 W Pi = 1.2 W Pi = 1.0 W
T5 Pi = 0.82 W Pi = 0.66 W Pi = 0.52 W
T6 Pi = 0.6 W Pi = 0.45 W Pi = 0.3 W

Ex Horns & Sirens

Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: 20 mA
Order No.: 718 000 55

 ACCESSORIES:
PC/ABS-Blend Cap (IP 43) 975 118 00
Zener Barrier 975 714 01
Cap (accessory)
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Zener Barrier (accessory)

718
718

with cap
+60°C
Signalisation index 2G
50 g IP30 IP43 90 dB
Continuous tone 4 Zone 1 + 2 0°C

201
 750 Ex Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 148 mm x 350 mm x 152 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Cable 3 m, 2 x 0.75 mm2
Fixing: Bracket mounting, sound outlet facing downwards
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex mb IIC T5 Gb
Approval: BVS 03 ATEX E 118X
Voltage: 24 V DC 24 V AC 42-48 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Voltage: 21.6 V ... 21.6 V ...
37.8 V ... 102.5 108 V 208 V ...
26.4 V 26.4 V 52.8 V V ... ... 250 V
126.5 V 131 V (50 Hz)
(50 Hz) (60 Hz)
Current consumption: 350 mA 450 mA 220 mA 205 mA 70 mA
Order No.: 750 000 55 750 000 65 750 000 66 750 000 67 750 000 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Ex Horns & Sirens

750
750

+50°C
Signalisation index 2G
1,3 kg IP55 105 dB
Horn 6 Zone 1 + 2 -40°C

202
 761 Ex Signal Horn

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 178 mm x 232 mm x 104 mm
Housing: PC
Connection: CAGE CLAMP® max. 2.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M16 x 1.5 mm;
Cable diameter 6.5-9.5 mm
Fixing: Wall mounting, surface mounting
Explosion protection: II 2G Ex e mb IIC T5 Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T 70°C Db
Approval: BVS 03 ATEX E 118X
Voltage: 24 V DC 24 V AC 48 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Voltage: 21.6 V ... 21.6 V ... 37.8 V ... 102.5 V ... 108 V ... 208 V ...
26.4 V 26.4 V 52.8 V 126.5 V 131 V 250 V
(50 Hz) (60 Hz) (50 Hz)
Current consumption: 350 mA 450 mA 220 mA 205 mA 70 mA
Order No.: 761 000 55 761 000 65 761 000 66 761 000 67 761 000 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Ex Horns & Sirens

761
761

+50°C
Signalisation index 2G 2D max.
1,3 kg IP65 105 dB
Horn 6 Zone 1 + 2 Zone 21 + 22 -40°C

203
Optical-audible combinations
combinations
Optical-audible
Optical-audible combinations
 Overview Optical and Audible Combinations

Double the safety with optical-audible signals

Large systems are often managed by only a few people, especially in automated production facilities and large ma-
chine shops. This results in optical signals not always being in the machine operator's immediate field of vision. In such
cases, an audible signal may also be used. The use of both optical and audible alarms will help to counter an audible
alarm not always being heard above an ambient noise level.

Overview
Optical and Audible
Combinations
Optical-audible combinations

Product type Installation Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing Free-standing

Product Installation EvoSIGNAL EvoSIGNAL Design Heavy Duty

Mounting Combinations
range Combinations Mini Midi Combinations Combinations
146 x 171 mm
Dimensions (Ø x Height)* 50 x 22 mm 62 x 85 mm 85 x 130 mm -
134 x 235 mm

136 x 138 x 119 mm

Dimensions (L x H x W) - - - 134 x 407 x 144 mm 109 x 112,5 x 152 mm 165 x 169 x 132 mm
168 x 211 x 155 mm

Voltage 12 V   

24 V      

60 V 

115 V      

230 V      

Protection rating IP65 IP66 IP66 IP65 IP65 IP66

Signalisation index optical** 3 4-5 6-8 5-9 6-8 4

Signalisation index audible** 3 4-7 6-7 6-7 8 6-10

Page Page 208 Page 213 Page 217 Page 221 Page 227 Page 231

* Technical diagrams can be found on the product page

** Signalisation index - see page 13 + 21

206
 Variety of signals

WERMA supplies a large number of audible signals which can also be enhanced with the addition of optical light signals.

AUDIBLE SIGNALS: Sirens and Multi-Tone Sounder, Buzzer and Horns

OPTICAL SIGNALS: (LED) Permanent Light, Flashing Light, LED Double Flash Light, LED EVS Signal, LED Permanent/Flash/EVS
Light

Size comparison

150 150

Optical-audible combinations
100 100

50 50

0 0

Series EvoSIGNAL Mini EvoSIGNAL Midi Heavy Duty 441

Ø 62 mm 85 mm -
Height 85 mm 130 mm -
LxHxW 165 x 167 x 132 mm

207
 Installation Combination Beacon with Buzzer

Your benefits
Optical audible Installation Combinations give excellent all-round visibility of the
signal and are an industry standard for easy installation in control panels.
• Easy to install
• Tamper-proof when installed
• Minimal protrusion from panel for installations where space is limited
• Acknowledgement function promotes faster response time and fault repair
(450 series)

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• in control panels

Installation options
• Installation mounting
Optical-audible combinations

Features
• High IP65 protection rating for outdoor applications
• Standard M22 for control panel installation
• Proven piezo technology for extended life duration
• Easy to connect using a plug-in connection (150)
• LED permanent light with continuous tone that can be additionally activated
(150)

Size comparison Installation / Mini Siganlisation index

Continuous Tone 3
LED Permanent Light 3

208
 150 LED Permanent Light / Buzzer Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 50 mm x 22 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Connector plug with screw terminal max. 1.5 mm 2
Tone type: Continuous
Tone frequency: c. 2.8 kHz
Duty cycle: 100 %
LED Permanent light with
continuous tone that can be Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
additionally activated Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm) with anti-twist
Fixing:
device
Nut and seal included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption: < 50 mA < 20 mA < 20 mA
red 150 100 55 150 100 67 150 100 68
yellow 150 300 55 150 300 67 150 300 68

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Optical-audible combinations
150
150

Siganlisation index 24 V
+50°C
Continuous tone 3
LED Permanent Light 3 30 g IP 65 80 dB PLC
-20°C

209
 450 LEDPermanent Light/Buzzer Combination
with acknowledgement function
L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 50 mm x 22 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 1.5 mm2
Signal input: 24 V DC
Acknowledgement Semiconductor- Umax = 30 V
output: Relay Imax = 100 mA
LED Permanent light with RON max = 25 Ohm
continuous tone that can be Tone type: Continuous
additionally activated
Tone frequency: c. 2.8 kHz
Duty cycle: 100 %
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs
Fixing: Installation mounting for Ø 22.5 mm (M22 x 1.5 mm)
Nut and seal included in assembly.
Voltage: 24 V DC
Current consumption: 80 mA
red 450 100 55
yellow 450 300 55
Optical-audible combinations

! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

1 2 3

The occurrence of a The audible signal can The acknowledgement signal

malfunction or an error is be turned off in seconds is sent to the control unit via an
indicated by means of an by lightly pressing the front electronic switch and the mal-
optical-audible signal. of the product. function is now only indicated
by the optical signal.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

The audible signal can be turned off

in seconds by lightly pressing the front
of the product

Siganlisation index 450.X00.00 450.X10.55

+50°C
Continuous tone 3
LED Permanent Light 35 g IP 65 80 dB PLC
3 -20°C

210
240 LED Installation Beacon (Multicolour)
with buzzer
LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 55 mm x 46 mm (Protrusion from panel)
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Installation mounting M30
Colour options: Red, yellow, green, white, blue, violet, turquoise (Multicolour)
Red, yellow, green (Tricolour)
Tone types and frequency: Pulse tone, 3400 Hz
Life duration light: Up to 50,000 hrs
Life duration buzzer: Up to 5,000 hrs
With Buzzer Voltage Current consumption Plug M12 Cable
Tricolour (RGY) 24 V DC 45 mA 240 240 55 240 230 55
Multicolour (RGB) 10-30 V DC 80 mA 240 140 50 240 130 50

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Optical-audible combinations
240

240.240.55 240.140.50 240.230.55 240.130.50

+50°C

71 g 74 g 112 g 120 g 85 dB IP 65
-20°C

211
 EvoSIGNAL - Combinations

Your benefits
The type of optical signals used depends on the application and environment. With EvoSIGNAL, finding the right
signal device has never been so easy: Almost all areas of application are optimally covered by only two sizes
(combinations) with specific mounting adapters. The new modular, simple and clear standard solution. EvoSIGNAL
is one of a kind.
• Simple and easy to use: Number of different articles reduced to 20% whilst retaining a full range
• Twin functions: TwinLIGHT and TwinFLASH unite two light pattern functions in one element.
They can be remote-controlled via connection terminals and also used as escalation levels
• Poka Yoke: Simple and intuitive installation - incorrect installation is impossible
• Mini and Midi also available as TriCOLOUR variants
• Maxi TwinFLASH can be used as an attention-grabbing alternative to xenon strobes and rotating mirror
beacons

Typical applications
Signal faults and statuses on machines and equipment, in building services engineering and in door and gate
applications. All products are ideal for demanding indoor and outdoor applications.
• Mini – in installation sites with limited space
• Midi – signalling over medium distances (10–30 m)
Optical-audible combinations

Installation options
• Base mounting
• M22/PG 29 single-hole mounting
• Tube mounting
• Bracket mounting

Features
• Push-in connection terminals: Simple and permanently secure connection
• Fully compatible: Easy replacement of previous products
• Best-in-class equipment: Powerful, extremely robust (IP66), tamper-proof

Signalisation index
Mini
TwinLIGHT 4
TwinFLASH 5
Permanent 5
Pulse 6
Midi
TwinLIGHT 6
TwinFLASH 8
Rotating 7
Multi-tone 8

Mini Midi

212
EvoSIGNAL Mini - Combinations

85 mm

Optical-audible combinations
Scale 1:1

Ø 62 mm

30 6
TwinLIGHT, TwinFLASH Mounting adapter

213
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - Combinations
OLD
LED Permanent Light/Buzzer LED Xenon Flash/Buzzer LED Permanent Light/Horn LED Xenon Flash/Horn
420/422 421/423 424 425
Optical-audible combinations

NEW

214
Quick-Finder EvoSIGNAL Mini - Combinations

12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.

460 110 74 460 120 74 460 110 75 460 120 75 460 110 60 460 120 60

460 210 74 460 220 74 460 210 75 460 220 75 460 210 60 460 220 60

460 310 74 460 320 74 460 310 75 460 320 75 460 310 60 460 320 60

460 410 74 460 420 74 460 410 75 460 420 75 460 410 60 460 420 60

460 510 74 460 520 74 460 510 75 460 520 75 460 510 60 460 520 60

Optical-audible combinations
+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Base mounting Installation mounting Installation mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket mounting
M22 PG 29 with cable gland

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
260 700 01 260 700 03 260 700 04 260 700 05 260 700 06 260 700 07

260.700.01 260.700.03 260.700.04

260.700.05 260.700.06 260.700.07

215
 EvoSIGNAL Mini - Combinations

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 62 x 85 mm
Housing: PC/ABS
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 1.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Tone type: Continuous or Pulse tone
Fixing: Base/Tube/Wall/ Installation mounting
Installation mounting M 22 Flashing/Blinking frequency: 1Hz
TwinLIGHT
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 120 mA ≤ 115 mA ≤ 75 mA
red 460 110 74 460 110 75 460 110 60
green 460 210 74 460 210 75 460 210 60
yellow 460 310 74 460 310 75 460 310 60
white 460 410 74 460 410 75 460 410 60
blue 460 510 74 460 510 75 460 510 60
TwinFLASH
Voltage: 12 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 100 mA ≤ 115 mA ≤ 75 mA
Optical-audible combinations

red 460 120 74 460 120 75 460 120 60

green 460 220 74 460 220 75 460 220 60
Tube mounting yellow 460 320 74 460 320 75 460 320 60
white 460 420 74 460 420 75 460 420 60
blue 460 520 74 460 520 75 460 520 60

 ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 260 700 01
Installation mounting M22 260 700 03
Installation mounting PG 29 260 700 04
Tube mounting 260 700 05
Bracket mounting with cable gland 260 700 06
Bracket mounting 260 700 07

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:
Installation mounting PG 29

460

260.700.05
460 260.700.01 260.700.03 260.700.04 260.700.06

Signalisation index 78 g 13 g 21 g 28 g 35 g
TwinLIGHT 4
TwinFLASH 5 260.700.07
Continuous 5 +60°C
95 dB IP 66
Pulse 6 26 g
-30°C

216
EvoSIGNAL Midi - Combinations

130 mm

Optical-audible combinations
Scale 1:1

Ø 85 mm

20 6
TwinLIGHT, TwinFLASH Mounting adapter

217
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - Combinations

OLD
LED Permanent Light/ LED Xenon Flash/
Multi-Tone Sounder Multi-Tone Sounder
420/422 421/423
Optical-audible combinations

NEW

218
Quick-Finder EvoSIGNAL Midi - Combinations

12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC

TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH TwinLIGHT TwinFLASH
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
461 110 70 461 120 70 461 110 60 461 120 60

461 210 70 461 220 70 461 210 60 461 220 60

461 310 70 461 320 70 461 310 60 461 320 60

461 410 70 461 420 70 461 410 60 461 420 60

461 510 70 461 520 70 461 510 60 461 520 60

Optical-audible combinations
+ M o u n t i n g a d a p t e r (compulsory!)

Base mounting Base mounting with Tube mounting Bracket mounting Bracket Horn
cable gland with cable gland mounting

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
261 700 01 261 700 02 261 700 05 261 700 06 261 700 07 261 700 03

261.700.01 261.700.02 261.700.03

261.700.05 261.700.06 261.700.07

219
 EvoSIGNAL Midi - Combinations

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 85 mm x 130 mm
Housing: PC/ABS
Lens: PC, transparent
Fixing: Base/Tube/Wall mounting
Cable entry: Cable diameter 8-12 mm
Connection: Push-In terminal max. 1.5 mm2
Tone type: Multi-tone, 10 tones
Flashing/Blinking frequency: 1Hz
TwinLIGHT
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 345 mA ≤ 170 mA
red 461 110 70 461 110 60
Horn green 461 210 70 461 210 60
yellow 461 310 70 461 310 60
white 461 410 70 461 410 60
blue 461 510 70 461 510 60
TwinFLASH
Voltage: 12/24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC
Current consumption: ≤ 110 mA ≤ 215 mA
Optical-audible combinations

red 461 120 70 461 120 60

green 461 220 70 461 220 60
yellow 461 320 70 461 320 60
white 461 420 70 461 420 60
blue 461 520 70 461 520 60

 ACCESSORIES:
Base mounting 261 700 01
Bracket mounting with Base mounting with cable gland 261 700 02
cable gland
Tube mounting 261 700 05
Bracket mounting with cable gland 261 700 07
Bracket mounting 261 700 06
Horn 261 700 03

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAM:

Tube mounting

461

461 261.700.01

Signalisation index 186 g 38 g

TwinLIGHT 6
TwinFLASH 8 261.700.02 261.700.05 261.700.06 261.700.07 261.700.03
+60°C
Continuous 7
98 g 56 g 95 g 47 g 127 g IP 66 110 dB
Pulse 8 -30°C

220
Combination LED Beacon with Multi-Tone Sounder/ Horn

Your benefits
The WERMA Midi Beacon with a siren or horn provides safety and security by de-
livering reliable fault alarms over medium distances. The IP65 protection rating is
suitable for outdoor applications.
• Multiple light configurations for different purposes and distances (some with
partial external triggering)
• Simple installation
• Tamper-proof when installed
• Multiple visual and audible escalation levels possible
• Clear all-round visibility thanks to the OmniVIEW lens; no blind spots
• Multi-tone siren with up to 32 tones available for maximum flexibility

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• In areas with high ambient noise levels
• On machinery and equipment

Optical-audible combinations
• In building service systems (e.g. gas alarm)
• In the event of e.g. overload on mobile cranes and similar

Installation options
• Base mounting
• Wall mounting
• Tube mounting

Features
• Long life and energy-saving LEDs

Size comparison Midi / Design Siganlisation index

430/432 431/433 434 435
Horn 7 7
Multi-Tone Sounder 7 7
LED Permanent Light 5 5 5 5
LED Flashing Light 7 7
LED EVS Light 9 9

221
 430/432 LED Permanent Light/ Multi-Tone Sounder Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Base mounting (430) Wall mounting (432)
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 146 mm x 171 mm 134 mm x 235 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, black PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm
Tone type and frequency: 32 tones adjustable, see table on page 224
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED),
LED Permanent Light in up to 5,000 hrs (Multi-tone Sounder)
combination with Multi-Tone Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
Sounder Fixing: Base mounting (430), Wall mounting (432)
Tube mounting (accessory, only for 430)
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC*
Current consumption MTS: 190 mA 55 mA
Current consumption LED: 350 mA 100 mA
230 mA (red) 80 mA (red)
Base mounting
red 430 100 75 430 100 60
yellow 430 300 75 430 300 60
Optical-audible combinations

Wall mounting
red 432 100 75 432 100 60
yellow 432 300 75 432 300 60
Quick and simple wall mounting *Current consumption at 115 V
without additional accessories
thanks to integrated mounting  ACCESSORIES:
bracket (432)
Adaptor for tube mounting, plastic, for tube Ø 25 mm 975 430 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

Mounting holes integrated into the

product rim allow easy mounting
without having to remove the lens
(430)

430/431 432/433

Siganlisation index
Multi-Tone Sounder 7
+50°C
32
515 g IP 65 108 dB
LED Permanent Light 5 -30°C

222
 431/433 LED Permanent / Flashing / EVS /
Multi-Tone Sounder Combination
L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:
Base mounting (431) Wall mounting (433)
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 146 mm x 171 mm 134 mm x 235 mm
Housing: PCABS-Blend, black PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm
Tone type and frequency: 32 tones adjustable, see table on page 224
Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
Multi-functional LED beacon: Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED),
3 light effects can be up to 5,000 hrs (Multi-tone Sounder)
externally triggered Fixing: Base mounting (431), Wall mounting (433)
Tube mounting (accessory, only for 431)
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC*
Current consumption MTS: 190 mA 55 mA
Current consumption LED: 350 mA 100 mA
230 mA (red) 80 mA (red)
Base mounting
red 431 100 75 431 100 60

Optical-audible combinations
yellow 431 300 75 431 300 60
Wall mounting
red 433 100 75 433 100 60
yellow 433 300 75 433 300 60
*Current consumption at 115 V

 ACCESSORIES:
Adaptor for tube mounting, plastic, for tube Ø 25 mm 975 430 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

The adaptor enables

mounting on a tube (431)

430/431
430/431 432/433
432/433

Siganlisation index
Multi-Tone Sounder 7
LED Permanent Light 5
LED Flashing Light 7
+50°C
32
525 g IP 65 108 dB
LED EVS Light 9 -30°C

223
 43 x Tone table for Multi-Tone Sounder

The Multi-Tone Sounder Combinations 43x offer a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest
range of applications. The tone types and frequencies can be found in the table below:

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Frequency Sound output
Tone 1 Tone type Description Use Tone 2
(Hz) (dbA)
1 continuous 200 BS 5839-1:2002 440 Hz cont. 97
2 rising 800 & 970 7 Hz 14 102
3 rising 800 & 970 1 Hz 14 103
4 continuous 2850 14 104
5 rising 2400 - 2850 7 Hz 4 109
6 rising 2400 - 2850 1 Hz 4 110
7 rising 500 - 1200 3 s, then 0.5 s OFF (then repeat) 14 106
8 falling 1200 - 500 1 Hz DIN 33404-3 14 104
9 alternating 2400 & 2850 2 Hz 4 111
10 pulse 970 0.5 Hz (1 s On/1 s Off) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 101
11 alternating 800 & 970 1 Hz BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 105
Optical-audible combinations

12 pulse 2850 0.5 Hz 4 104

13 pulse 970 0,25 s On/1 s Off 14 98
BS 5839-1:2002
14 continuous 970 10 102
PFEER - Toxic gas
15 alternating 554 & 440 France NFS 14 101
16 pulse 660 150 ms On/150 ms Off Swedish 16 96
17 pulse 660 1.8 s On/1.8 s Off Swedish 17 98
18 pulse 660 6.5 s On/13 s Off Swedish 18 98
19 continuous 660 Swedish 19 98
20 alternating 554 & 440 0.5 Hz 20 102
21 pulse 660 1 Hz Swedish 21 97
22 pulse 2850 150 ms On/100 ms Off GB 14 104
23 rising 800 - 970 50 Hz (low) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 102
24 rising 2400 - 2850 50 Hz (high) 4 109
3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF /
ISO 8201
25 pulse 970 1.5 s silence, 26 101
US Temporal
then repeat (low)
3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF /
ISO 8201
26 pulse 2850 1.5 s silence, 25 104
US Temporal
then repeat (high)
27 continuous 4000 27 92
28 rising 2000 - 2850 7 Hz 2000 Hz cont. 111
29 alternating 988 & 645 2 Hz 988 Hz cont. 102
30 alternating 510 & 610 2 Hz 510 Hz cont. 102
31 alternating 800 & 970 2 Hz 5839-1:2002 800 Hz cont. 105
32 alternating 800 & 1200 1 Hz 800 Hz cont. 105

224
 434 LED Permanent Light / Horn Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 134 mm x 407 mm x 144 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm
Tone frequency: c. 110 Hz
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED),
up to 5,000 hrs (Horn)
Fixing: Wall mounting, integrated mounting bracket
Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC*
Current consumption MTS: 55 mA 30 mA
Current consumption LED: 350 mA 100 mA
230 mA (red) 80 mA (red)
Award winning design Winner of
the iF product design award 2012 red 434 100 75 434 100 60
yellow 434 300 75 434 300 60
*Current consumption at 115 V

Optical-audible combinations
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

Quick and simple wall mounting

without additional accessories
thanks to integrated mounting
bracket 434/435
434/435

Siganlisation index
+50°C
Horn 7
625 g IP 65 108 dB
LED Permanent Light 5 -30°C

225
 435 LED Permanent / Flashing / EVS / Horn Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 134 mm x 407 mm x 144 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend, grey
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
Cable entry: Cable diameter max. 13 mm
Tone frequency: c. 110 Hz
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED),
up to 5,000 hrs (Horn)
Fixing: Wall mounting, integrated mounting bracket
Installation position: Sound outlet facing downwards
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115-230 V AC*
Current consumption MTS: 55 mA 30 mA
Current consumption LED: 350 mA 100 mA
220 mA (red) 80 mA (red)
Multi-functional LED beacon:
3 light effects can be triggered red 435 100 75 435 100 60
externally
yellow 435 300 75 435 300 60
*Current consumption at 115 V
Optical-audible combinations

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

The “EVS” light effect ensures a

maximum attention-grabbing
effect 434/435
434/435

Siganlisation index
Horn 7
LED Permanent Light 5
+50°C
LED Flashing Light 7 108 dB
635 g IP 65
LED EVS 9 -30°C

226
Design Combination LED Multi-Tone Sirens

Your benefits
The Design Combination LED Multi-Tone Sirens provide safety and security in envi-
ronments with heightened aesthetic design requirements. The innovative housing
design makes for simple mounting in many diverse applications.
• Ideal signalling effect over great distances
• Multiple visual and audible escalation levels possible
• Many application options with up to 32 tones available
• Up to 3 tones controlled remotely for the escalation of signals
• Includes standardised tones (including those used in fire alarms)

Typical applications
Fault signalling
• In building service systems
• On machinery and equipment

Installation options

Optical-audible combinations
• Wall mounting
• Base mounting
• Ceiling mounting

Features
• Multi-voltage versions allow multiple applications with a single device
• Long life and energy-saving LEDs, either as a flashing light or EVS

Size comparison Design / Heavy Duty Siganlisation index

Multi-Tone Sounder 8
LED Flashing Light 6
LED EVS 8

227
 444 LED Double Flash/Multi-Tone Sounder Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 109 mm x 112 mm x 150 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: 24 V: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
115/230 V: CAGE CLAMP®
Cable entry: Membrane for cable diameter max. 13 mm
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED Double Flash)
Base mounting
Flash frequency: c. 1 Hz
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption Optical: 60 mA 30 mA 30 mA
Current consumption Audible: 200 mA 55 mA 30 mA
red 444 100 75 444 100 67 444 100 68
yellow 444 300 75 444 300 67 444 300 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief)
975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is guaranteed even without cable gland
Optical-audible combinations

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Selectable via DIP switch, see tone table on page 230, 3 tones can be externally triggered

Wall mounting  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

444

Siganlisation index 24 V 115 V / 230 V (A) 24 V

Multi-Tone Sounder 8
+50°C
32
LED Flashing Light 330 g 470 g IP 65 110 dB PLC
6 -30°C

228
 444 LED EVS / Multi-Tone Sounder Combination

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 109 mm x 112 mm x 150 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Lens: PC, transparent
Connection: 24 V: Screw terminal 0.5-1.5 mm 2
115/230 V: CAGE CLAMP®
Cable entry: Membrane for cable diamter max. 13 mm
Fixing: Wall, base and ceiling mounting
Base mounting
Life duration: Up to 50,000 hrs (LED EVS)
Voltage: 24 V AC/DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
Current consumption Optical: 60 mA 30 mA 30 mA
Current consumption Audible: 220 mA 55 mA 30 mA

red 444 110 75 444 110 67 444 110 68

yellow 444 310 75 444 310 67 444 310 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief)
975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is guaranteed even without cable gland

Optical-audible combinations
‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:
Selectable via DIP switch, see tone table on page 230, 3 tones can be externally triggered

The „EVS“ light effect  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

ensures a maximum
attention-grabbing effect

444
444

24 V 115 V / 230 V

Siganlisation index 24 V

Multi-Tone Sounder 8
+50°C
32
330 g 470 g IP 65 110 dB PLC
LED EVS Light 8 -30°C

229


444 Combination

The 444 Combinations offer a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the widest spectrum of applica-
tions. 3 tones can be triggered externally.

TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Frequency Sound output
Tone 1 Tone type Description Use Tone 2
(Hz) (dbA)
1 continuous 200 BS 5839-1:2002 440 Hz cont. 97
2 rising 800 & 970 7 Hz 14 102
3 rising 800 & 970 1 Hz 14 103
4 continuous 2850 14 104
5 rising 2400 - 2850 7 Hz 4 109
6 rising 2400 - 2850 1 Hz 4 110
7 rising 500 - 1200 3 s, then 0.5 s OFF (then repeat) 14 106
8 falling 1200 - 500 1 Hz DIN 33404-3 14 104
9 alternating 2400 & 2850 2 Hz 4 111
10 pulse 970 0.5 Hz (1 s On/1 s Off) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 101
Optical-audible combinations

11 alternating 800 & 970 1 Hz BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 105

12 pulse 2850 0.5 Hz 4 104
13 pulse 970 0,25 s On/1 s Off 14 98
BS 5839-1:2002
14 continuous 970 10 102
PFEER - Toxic gas
15 alternating 554 & 440 France NFS 14 101
16 pulse 660 150 ms On/150 ms Off Swedish 16 96
17 pulse 660 1.8 s On/1.8 s Off Swedish 17 98
18 pulse 660 6.5 s On/13 s Off Swedish 18 98
19 continuous 660 Swedish 19 98
20 alternating 554 & 440 0.5 Hz 20 102
21 pulse 660 1 Hz Swedish 21 97
22 pulse 2850 150 ms On/100 ms Off GB 14 104
23 rising 800 - 970 50 Hz (low) BS 5839 Part 1 1988 14 102
24 rising 2400 - 2850 50 Hz (high) 4 109
3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF / ISO 8201
25 pulse 970 26 101
1.5 s silence, then repeat (low) US Temporal
3 x 500 ms ON/500 ms OFF / ISO 8201
26 pulse 2850 25 104
1.5 s silence, then repeat (high) US Temporal
27 continuous 4000 27 92
28 rising 2000 - 2850 7 Hz 2000 Hz cont. 111
29 alternating 988 & 645 2 Hz 988 Hz cont. 102
30 alternating 510 & 610 2 Hz 510 Hz cont. 102
31 alternating 800 & 970 2 Hz 5839-1:2002 800 cont. 105
32 alternating 800 & 1200 1 Hz 800 cont. 105

230
Heavy Duty Combination –
Multi-Tone Siren with Xenon Flash

Your benefits
The WERMA Heavy Duty Combination - Multi-Tone Siren with Xenon Flash features a
very robust housing. The combination device provides safety and security through
reliable, loud signalling in particularly harsh environments. Up to 120 dB for use in
extremely noisy environments and signalling over long distances.
• Multiple visual and audible escalation levels possible
• Includes standardised tones (including those used in fire alarms)
• Up to 42 tones for signalling various statuses

Typical applications
Signalling of faults or alarms
• Outdoors in extreme conditions
• In larger industrial plants
• As an evacuation alarm

Installation options

Optical-audible combinations
• Wall mounting

Features
• High protection rating IP66
• Multi-voltage versions available

Size comparison Heavy Duty / Design Siganlisation index

439 441 442
Multi-Tone Sounder 6 8 10
Xenon Flash 4 5 5-6

231
 439 Xenon Flash / Multi-Tone Sounder Combination (105 dB)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 136 mm x 138 mm x 119 mm
Housing: ABS
Connection: Screw terminal 0.28-2.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Flash frequency: 1 Hz
Flash energy 1.6 Ws
Tone type and frequency: Selectable via DIP switch, 2 tones can be externally triggered
Voltage: 9-60 V DC 110-230 V AC
Current consumption: 230 mA (24 V) 30 mA (230 V)
Housing/Flash
red / red 439 010 55 439 010 68
red / yellow 439 030 55 439 030 68
grey / red 439 110 55 439 110 68
grey / yellow 439 130 55 439 130 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief)
975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is guaranteed even without cable gland
Optical-audible combinations

‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

For further details see www.werma.com.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

439

Siganlisation index
Multi-Tone Sounder 6 +70°C 1,6 32
600 g IP 66 105 dB
Xenon Flash 4 -25°C Ws

232
 441 Xenon Flash / Multi-Tone Sounder Combination (110 dB)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 165 mm x 169 mm x 132 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.28-2.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Flash frequency: 1 Hz
Flash energy 2.5 Ws
Tone type and frequency: Selectable via DIP switch, 2 tones can be externally triggered
Voltage: 9-60 V DC 230 V AC
Current consumption: 230 mA 35 mA
Housing/Flash
red / red 441 010 55 441 010 68
red / yellow 441 030 55 441 030 68
grey / red 441 110 55 441 110 68
grey / yellow 441 130 55 441 130 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief)
975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is guaranteed even without cable gland

Optical-audible combinations
‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:
For further details see www.werma.com.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

441

Siganlisation index
Multi-Tone Sounder 8
+75°C 2,5 32
800 g IP 66 110 dB
Xenon Flash 5 -25°C Ws

233
 442 Xenon Flash / Multi-Tone Sounder Combination (120 dB)

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (L x H x W): 168 mm x 211 mm x 155 mm
Housing: PC/ABS-Blend
Connection: Screw terminal 0.28-2.5 mm2
Cable entry: Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm
(not included in assembly)
Tone type and frequency: Selectable via DIP switch, 3 tones externally triggered
see table on page 235
Voltage: 18-30 V DC 115/230 V AC
Current cons. Multi Tone 450 mA 130/65 mA
Sounder:
Current consumption Flash: 127-389 mA – /15 mA
(dependent on voltage (dependent on voltage
and flash frequency) and flash frequency)
Flash frequency 0.75 Hz/1 Hz 1.25 Hz/2 Hz 1 Hz (Flash can only be operated with 230 V)
Flash energy 3.5 Ws 2 Ws 2 Ws
Housing/Flash
red / red 442 010 55 442 010 68
red / yellow 442 030 55 442 030 68
grey / red 442 110 55 442 110 68
Optical-audible combinations

grey / yellow 442 130 55 442 130 68

 ACCESSORIES:
Cable gland M20 x 1.5 mm (for cable strain relief)
975 444 01
Protection rating IP 65 is guaranteed even without cable gland

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

442

442 XX0 55 442 XX0 68

Siganlisation index
Multi-Tone Sounder 10
+75°C 2/3,5 42
2,0 Kg 2,2 Kg IP 66 120 dB
Xenon Flash 5-6 -25°C Ws

234
442 Combination

The Flash/Multi-Tone Sounder Combination 442 offers a large choice of internationally recognised signal tones for the wi-
dest spectrum of applications. 3 tones can be triggered externally. The first two tones can be freely chosen. The third tone
is paired with the second tone.

‘‘ TONE TYPES AND FREQUENCIES:

Tone
Output Tone
1+2 Tone type Use
(dbA) 3
No
1 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 120 14
2 rising 800/970 Hz in 7 Hz stroke (7/s) 120 14
3 rising 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (1/s) 120 14
4 continuous 2,850 Hz 111 9
5 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 7 Hz stroke 109 4
6 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 110 4
7 500-1,200 Hz rising in 3 sec., 0.5 sec. OFF Slow Whoop Holland 119 14
8 falling 1,200-500 Hz in 1 Hz stroke DIN/PFEER (PAPA), DIN 33404-3, VDS tested 119 14
9 alternating 2,400/2,850 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 113 4
10 pulse 970 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) PFEER Alarm 117 14
11 alternating 800/970 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) 118 14
12 pulse 2,850 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) 112 4

Optical-audible combinations
13 970 Hz pulse: 0.25 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF 117 14
14 continuous 970 Hz PFEER - Toxic gas 118 8
15 554 Hz/100 ms alternating 440 Hz/400 ms French alarm signal AFNOR NFS 32S 32-001 115 14
16 660 Hz pulse: 150 ms ON, 150 ms. OFF Swedish alarm signal 114 14
17 660 Hz pulse: 1.8 sec. ON, 1.8 sec. OFF Swedish alarm signal 115 14
18 660 Hz pulse: 6.5 sec. ON, 13 sec. OFF Swedish alarm signal 115 14
19 continuous 660 Hz Swedish alarm signal 116 1
20 alternating 554/440 Hz in 0.5 Hz stroke (1 sec. ON / 1 sec. OFF) Swedish alarm signal 115 19
21 pulse 660 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) Swedish alarm signal 115 4
22 pulse 2,850 Hz in 4 Hz stroke (150 ms ON / 100 ms OFF) Swedish alarm signal 110 4
23 rising 800-970 Hz in 50 Hz stroke Swedish alarm signal 117 14
24 rising 2,400-2,850 Hz in 50 Hz stroke Swedish alarm signal 110 4
25 970 Hz pulse.: 3 x 500 ms. ON, 500 ms OFF, break 1.5 sec. ISO 8201 / US Temporal 118 14
26 2,850 Hz pulse.: 3 x 500 ms. ON, 500 ms OFF, break 1.5 sec. ISO 8201 / US Temporal 112 4
27 continuous 4,000 Hz 105 6
28 alternating 800/970 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 118 14
29 alternating 990/650 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms) 117 14
30 alternating 510/610 Hz in 2 Hz stroke (250 ms-250 ms 116 14
31 rising 300-1,200 Hz in 1 Hz stroke 118 14
32 continuous Bell 117 3
33 continuous Bell: 3x500 ms. Pulse, 1.5 sec. Silence, then repeat Bell / US Temporal 117 14
34 alternating 1,000/2,000 Hz in 1 Hz stroke (500 ms-500 ms) Singapore 115 4
35 pulse 420 Hz (0,625 sec.) Australian alarm signal 118 14
36 500-1,200 Hz rising in 3.75 sec., then 0.25 sec. OFF Australian alarm signal (Evacuation) 117 14
37 rising 1,400-1,600 Hz in 1 sec., falling in 0.5 sec. NF C 48-265 116 14
38 500-1,200 Hz rising and falling in 3 sec. Siren 117 14
39 pulse 720 Hz: 0.7 sec. ON, 0.3 sec. OFF German industrial alarm 118 14
40 rising 422-775 Hz in 0.85 sec., 1 sec. silence, then repeat NFPA Whoop 118 14
41 continuous 470 Hz Horn (USA) 114 3
42 continuous 370 Hz Air Horn (USA) 113 3

235
 Product number index

Product no. Page Product no. Page Product no. Page

107 161 216 replaced by 260 460 216

109 162 219 replaced by 260 461 220
110 163 220 replaced by 260 482 replaced by 160
111 164 221 replaced by 260 570 180
114 166 222 replaced by 260 573 181
118 167 223 replaced by 260 574 182
119 167 224 replaced by 260 575 183
123 178 225 replaced by 260 582 replaced by 160
126 179 230 85 584 replaced by 160
127 replaced by 160 231 86 585 replaced by 160
128 replaced by 160 232 87 630 Terminal Elements 31
129 192 239 89 631 IO Link KS 40 31
133 replaced by 161 239 AS-Interface 90 634 LED Elements 29
134 replaced by 161 240 without buzzer 91 635 Audible Elements 30
139 194 240 with buzzer 211 639 28
140 185 260 96 640 Terminal elements KS 71 45
141 195 261 110 640 Terminal elements KS 72 37
142 196 262 116 641 LED Elements 41
144 187 280 replaced by 262 643 LED Elements 41
150 209 280 LED Obstruction Light 133 644 LED Elements 41
153 126 281 LED Obstruction Light 134 645 Audible elements KS 71 43
154 190 338 165 645 Audible elements KS 72 36
160 172 382 165 646 AS-Interface 47
161 176 420 replaced by 460 + 461 646 IO Link KS 72 37
Product number

190 137 421 replaced by 460 + 461 647 LED Elements 35

200 replaced by 260 422 replaced by 460 + 461 649 Pre-configured signal tower KS 71 40
201 replaced by 260 423 replaced by 460 + 461 649 Pre-configured signal tower KS 72 34
Index

202 replaced by 260 424 replaced by 460 656 54

203 replaced by 260 425 replaced by 460 690 60
204 replaced by 260 430 222 691 58
205 replaced by 260 431 223 694 52
206 replaced by 260 432 222 695 56
207 replaced by 260 433 223 698 48
208 replaced by 260 434 225 699 48
209 replaced by 260 435 226 718 201
210 replaced by 260 439 232 728 155
211 replaced by 260 441 233 729 LED Permanent 151

212 replaced by 260 442 234 729 LED Double Flash 153
213 replaced by 260 444 228 729 LED EVS 154
214 replaced by 260 444 LED EVS 229 729 LED Rotating Beacon 152
215 replaced by 260 450 with acknowledgement 210 741 62

236
Product no. Page Product no. Page Product no. Page

750 202 861 KombiSIGN reflect EU 260

761 203 861 KombiSIGN reflect North America 261
800 103 865 StockSAVER 263
801 98 883 119
802 105 884 120
806 147 885 112
815 104 890 LED 136
816 99 890 139
816 USB multicolour 102 894 144
816 multicolour 101 895 138
816 LED 100 897 141
817 106 914 199
826 replaced by 261 956 143
826 monitored 149
827 replaced by 261
828 replaced by 261
829 replaced by 261
829 monitored 148
838 118
839 LED Permanent 128
839 Rotating Mirror 131
839 LED Rotating 129
839 LED Double Flash 130
853 LED Permanent 122
853 LED Double Flash 123
853 LED EVS 124
860 WIN EU 246
860 WIN North America 248
860 AndonLIGHT 254
860 AndonSMARTBOX 257
860

Product number
AndonCONTROL 258

Index

237
Systems
Systems for optimising
production and logistics areas
Systems
 Systems for optimising production and logistics areas

Why network signal towers?

To discover hidden optimisation potential in your manufacturing, logistics or shipping processes, you need a system that
measures unproductive time - whether it be at manual workstations, packing stations or in automated production areas.
Networked WERMA signal towers offer specific benefits in this regard. By using the signal tower as an interface, you are not
dependent on other systems and it is easy to retrofit the system - either on workstations or in entire plants. Our wireless WIN
solution (Wireless Information Network) makes time-consuming cabling effort obsolete. It allows you to collect reliable data,
immediately identify weak points and optimise your processes based on these findings, thus increasing productivity. The
stand-alone software displays the status of all integrated workstations or machines centrally in the control station module,
provides information via the email notification function, documents faults and generates easy-to-read reports.

SmartMONITOR - The smart machine data collection and monitoring

system for manufacturing operations (MDC)
SmartMONITOR (see page 242) is the smart machine data collection system (MDC) for industrial companies looking for
a way to quickly and easily gather reliable data to optimise their manufacturing processes. SmartMONITOR provides all
of the relevant data for machines, systems and manual workstations easily at the touch of a button. Unlike conventional,
complex machine data collection system (MDC), SmartMONITOR is a simple, wireless-based retrofit solution for monitoring
and analysing your entire production facility - at a glance.
Systems

240
AndonSPEED - Wireless monitoring and call-for-action system for logistics
workstations
Would you like to reduce costs in your shipping processes? AndonSPEED (see page 244) is the the ideal call-for-action
system, because it makes permanent time-savings possible. In contrast to conventional Andon tools, AndonSPEED not only
signals faults but it also documents and analyses unproductive downtime - for more "units per hour".

AndonLIGHT - Manual Call-for-Action System without Networking

Do you simply need a manual Call-for-Action system for a small designated area - and local, clear signalling is sufficient?
If so, then AndonLIGHT (see page 254) is the ideal introduction to our professional Call-for-Action systems. And it is easy to
network these products at a later date.

KombiSIGN Reflect - Simple "Reflection" of Signal Towers

The simple KombiSIGN Reflect solution wirelessly "reflects" machine statuses to a WERMA Signal Tower within your line of
sight. This allows you to keep track of machines not in your direct vicinity.

StockSAVER: the next-generation solution

StockSAVER represents the latest generation in Kanban systems for production logistics. Simple to retrofit to FIFO flow
racks, StockSAVER solves many of the traditional Kanban problems, frees up space for more value adding activities
and improves cash-flow.
StockSAVER monitors the movement of material on flow racks and calls up material replenishment orders automatically,
thus eliminating the margin for human error and making the need for line-side safety stocks redundant.

Systems

241
 SmartMONITOR

Your benefits
SmartMONITOR is the smart machine monitoring and data collection system
(MDC) for industrial companies looking for a way to quickly and easily gather
reliable data to optimise manufacturing processes. Intelligent networking of signal
towers creates a simple, low-cost retrofit alternative to conventional, complex MDC
systems.
• Identifies and documents faults and unproductive time more quickly
• Reduces response times and prevents downtime
• Works regardless of the manufacturer, age or function of the machine
• Provides all relevant data of machines, systems and manual workstations at a
glance
• Reports show opportunities for process and productivity improvements
• Modular and expandable with no cabling required

Typical applications
• Discover hidden optimisation potential
• Signal a production stoppage
• Manage the supply of material to machines and workstations
• As a control station for manufacturing companies
• Production reporting

Initial startup
• Install software
• Connect and configure receiver on the computer
• Connect and configure transmitter on the computer
• Integrate transmiter into signal tower (no tools necessary)

Features
• Robust and proven wireless network for manufacturing environments
• Licence fee-free software is included
• Integrated analytics and reporting tools
• WIN slave control enables you to use simple logical rules for example to acti-
vate an additional signal tower as a head-of-line function

Free test kit

Discover the optimisation potential in your company. Order your free test box
today. It contains everything you need for one machine, including a full version of
the software. Easy refund of the testbox as a return within 30 days. This offer may
not be available in all markets.
www.werma.com/systeme
Systems

242
 This is how you put together your SmartMONITOR system

WIRELESS NETWORKING

STATUS MONITORING COUNTING MODULE CONTROLLING A SIGNAL TOWER

This hardware monitors up to eight This hardware monitors up to six In combination with the software, this
different statuses and transmits them different statuses and counts a hardware allows the actuation of a
to the receiver. quantity pulse. This information is signal tower or an external applica-
transmitted to the receiver. tion (start machine, stop machine
etc.).

WIN slave WIN slave performance WIN slave control

Transmitter

Order no. 860 640 02 Order no. 860 640 12 Order no. 860 640 22

WIN transmitter WIN transmitter WIN transmitter control

Order no. 860 640 05 performance Order no. 860 640 25
Order no. 860 640 15

WIN ethernet master

Order no. 860 000 06
Receiver

WIN ethernet receiver

Order no. 860 000 07

SIGNAL TOWER

SIGNAL ELEMENTS (UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4) PRE-CONFIGURED SIGNAL TOWER

Buzzer LED Permanent light blue

Base mounting Tube mounting
Order no. 645 800 75 Order no. 644 500 75

2 tone siren TwinLIGHT red LED

Order no. 645 870 75 Order no. 647 110 75 Permanent
light
LED Permanent light red TwinLIGHT yellow LED Permanent
Order no.
Order no. 644 100 75 Order no. 647 310 75 light
649 240 02
Order no.
LED Permanent light green TwinLIGHT green 649 240 05
Order no. 644 200 75 Order no. 647 210 75 LED
Permanent
LED Permanent light yellow TwinLIGHT clear light
Order no. 644 300 75 Order no. 647 430 75 Order no. LED Permanent
649 240 04 light
LED Permanent light clear TwinLIGHT blue Order no.
Order no. 644 400 75 Order no. 647 510 75 649 240 06

Base mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting

TwinLLIGHT
Order no.
649 000 01
TwinLIGHT
Terminal element Terminal element + Terminal element + Order no.
Order no. Base with integrated tube Bracket for base mounting 649 000 02
640 800 00 Order no. Order no.
640 810 00 + 640 800 00 +
975 840 10 960 000 02
Systems

243


AndonSPEED

Your benefits
AndonSPEED optimises your processes in logistics workstation applications -
because AndonSPEED provides a visual notification of where problems have
arisen. Permanent time savings are possible because of quick fault repairs. The
wireless network sends signals from the workstation to the central control station
and can send an email notification if required.
• Rapid assistance reduces waiting times
• Reduces response times and prevents shutdowns
• Quick fault repair for more "units per hour"
• Intelligent reporting for lasting improvements
• Optimisation potential is made transparent

Typical applications
• Report stoppages on conveyors chutes or conveyor belts
• Manage the supply of materials to packaging stations
• Report missing items in the despatch area
• Call-for-action at logistics workstation, e.g. inspection or engineering.

Initial startup
• Install software
• Connect and configure receiver on the computer
• Connect and configure transmitter on the computer
• Integrate signal transmiter into signal tower (no tools necessary)
• Connect Andon SmartBOX

Features
• Robust, proven wireless network for production
environments
• Licence fee-free software is included
• Integrated analytics and reporting tools
• Ability to implement a head-of-line function,
for example, with slave control

Free test kit

Discover the optimisation potential in your company. Order your free test box
today. It contains everything you need for one workstation, including a full ver-
sion of the software. Easy refund of the testbox as a return within 30 days. This
offer may not be available in all markets.
www.werma.com/andonspeed
Systems

244
 This is how you put together your AndonSPEED system

ANDON PRODUCT

Base mounting Aluminium profile mounting/Wall mounting

AndonCONTROL Andon SmartBOX incl. Power

Supply
Order no. 860 640 07
Order no. 860 000 09

Wireless Networking
Transmitter

WIN slave WIN transmitter

Order no. 860 640 02 Order no. 860 640 05

WIN ethernet master

Order no. 860 000 06
Receiver

WIN ethernet receiver

Order no. 860 000 07

SIGNAL TOWER

SIGNAL ELEMENTS (UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4) PRE-CONFIGURED SIGNAL TOWER

Buzzer LED Permanent light blue Base mounting Tube mounting

Order no. 645 800 75 Order no. 644 500 75

2 tone sirene TwinLIGHT red

Order no. 645 870 75 Order no. 647 110 75 LED
Permanent
LED Permanent light red TwinLIGHT yellow light LED
Order no. 644 100 75 Order no. 647 310 75 Order no. Permanent
649 240 02 light
LED Permanent light green TwinLIGHT green Order no.
Order no. 644 200 75 Order no. 647 210 75 649 240 05
LED
LED Permanent light yellow TwinLIGHT clear Permanent
Order no. 644 300 75 Order no. 647 430 75 light LED
Order no. Permanent
LED Permanent light clear TwinLIGHT blue 649 240 04 light
Order no. 644 400 75 Order no. 647 510 75
Order no.
649 240 06
Base mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting

TwinLIGHT
Order no.
649 000 01
Terminal element Terminal element + Terminal element TwinLIGHT
Order no. 640 800 00 Base with integrated + Bracket for base Order no.
tube mounting 649 000 02
Order no. 640 810 00 Order no. 640 800 00
+ 975 840 10 + 960 000 02
Systems

245
 WIN Transmitter for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

WIN slave WIN slave performance WIN slave control
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm
Housing: PC, black PC, black PC, black
Function: Status monitoring Status monitoring + Switching + controlling
Counting
Counter input: - Max. 10 Hz -
Max. current output - - 750 mA
WIN slave,
continuous:
WIN slave performance and
WIN slave control Peak current output - - 3.6 A
10 ms:
Min. current: - - 0.1 mA

Max. current per tier: - - 250 mA

Wireless connection 868 MHz (WIN conforms to the EU’s EN 300220 harmonised
ISM frequency: standard and can thus be used in all EU member countries.)
Further countries upon request
Transmission range: Up to 300 m (unobstructed line of sight)
Every transmitter simultaneously functions as a “repeater”,
enabling the transmission range to be significantly increased.
Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: 40 mA, 40 mA, 70 mA,
The counter impulse of the
WIN slave performance is max. 10 Hz max. 430 mA max. 430 mA max. 2 A
Order no.: 860 640 02 860 640 12 860 640 22

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

860.640.X2

Expandable at any time: With

additional “WIN slaves”
up to 50 machines can be
integrated into the network

+50°C

88 g IP65
-20°C
Systems

246
 WIN Receiver for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

WIN ethernet master
Dimensions (L x H x W): 76 mm x 30 mm x 80 mm (without antenna)
Housing: ABS, black
Function: Data collection
Connetion data transmission: RJ45 Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base-TX IEEE 802.3 compliant)
Connection configurator: Via USB
Wireless connection 868 MHz (WIN conforms to the EU’s EN 300220 harmonised
ISM frequency: standard and can thus be used in all EU member coun-
The software package allows you to tries.) Further countries upon request
monitor a production area or Suitable for: Windows®, Sytem requirements - see Handbook
individual workstations from
Assembly: Receiver, USB power supply, Ethernet Cable (3 m), Software,
the comfort of the PC
Adapter supplied (EU, UK, North America)

Operating voltage: Via Power supply (115-230 V AC, 50-60-Hz)

Peak current output: 2.1 A
Max. power output: 10.5 W
Current consumption: < 160 mA (max. 800 mA)
Order no.: 860 000 06

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

860.000.0X

860 000 00 860 000 06

+40°C

197 g 380 g IP20

0°C
Systems

247
 WIN Transmitter for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

WIN transmitter WIN transmitter WIN transmitter
performance control
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm
Housing: PC, black PC, black PC, black
Function: Status monitoring Status monitoring + Switching + controlling
Counting
Counter input: - Max. 10 Hz -
Max. current output - - 750 mA
WIN transmitter, continuous:
WIN transmitter performance and Peak current output - - 3.6 A
WIN transmitter control 10 ms:
Min. current: - - 0.1 mA

Max. current per tier: - - 250 mA

Wireless connection 915 MHz (WIN conforms to the EU’s EN 300220 harmonised
ISM frequency: standard and can thus be used in all EU member countries.)
Further countries upon request
Transmission range: Up to 300 m (unobstructed line of sight)
Every transmitter simultaneously functions as a “repeater”,
enabling the transmission range to be significantly increased.
Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC
Current consumption: 40 mA, 40 mA, 70 mA,
The counter impulse of the
WIN transmitter performance max. 430 mA max. 430 mA max. 2 A
is max. 10 Hz Order no.: 860 640 05 860 640 15 860 640 25

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

860.640.X5

Expandable at any time: With

additional “WIN transmitter”
up to 50 machines can be
integrated into the network

+50°C

88 g IP65
-20°C
Systems

248
 WIN Receiver for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

WIN ethernet receiver
Dimensions (L x H x W): 76 mm x 30 mm x 80 mm (without antenna)
Housing: ABS, black
Function: Data collection
Connetion data transmission: RJ45 Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base-TX IEEE 802.3 compliant)
Connection configurator: Via USB
Wireless connection 915 MHz (only for use in North America)
ISM frequency: Further countries upon request
The software package allows you Suitable for: Windows®, Sytem requirements - see Handbook
to monitor a production area or Assembly: Receiver, USB power supply, Ethernet Cable (3 m),
individual workstations from the
Software, Adapter supplied (EU, UK, North America)
comfort of the PC Operating voltage: Via Power supply (115-230 V AC, 50-60-Hz)
Peak current output: 2.1 A
Max. power output: 10.5 W
Current consumption: < 160 mA (max. 800 mA)
Order no.: 860 000 07

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

860.640.X6

860 000 00 860 000 06

+40°C

197 g 380 g IP20

0°C
Systems

249
 INTUITIVE AND CLEAR –
THE WIN SOFTWARE

The software supplied with the system is easy to install and leads the user
through a series of steps to establish an individual network. It displays the
status condition of signal lights installed in the system, enables the user to
analyse runtimes, identify causes of disruption in operations and therefore
improve efficiency.

TECHNICAL DETAILS
Suitable for: Windows®, System requirements – see Handbook

Language: German, English, French, Chinese and Polish

Included in the delivery with the items: 860 000 00, 860 000 01, 860 000 06, 860 000 07

KEEP UP TO DATE WITH CHANGES

MESSAGING SERVICE
React quickly regardless of your current location. If the status of a machine or workstation
changes an Email can be automatically sent to a PC or Smartphone of the person
responsible. You can select to whom and after which time interval of the status
change the Email is to be sent.
Systems

250
EASY TO CREATE
REPORTS AND EXPORT FUNCTION
The user-friendly report function in the Control Station, Productivity, Run time and Job
modules offers the possibility of converting all existing data into individual reports
(in tabular and/or graphical form). The report can then be individually amended,
printed out, and be saved in various data formats (pdf, HTML, Excel, CSV, jpg).

INCLUDE A RANGE OF USERS

MULTIPLE OPERATOR ACCESS
The software uses a structure based on a database and can be used by any number
of users. The database needs to installed on a shared drive on your network to allow
multiple users access to the system.

REACT QUICKLY
CONTROL STATION
The Control Station shows you the operating condition of all ma-
chines or workstations being monitored so you can quickly see if
a machine is in an error condition or running normally, or monitor
which order is being worked on and the status of that order. This
module helps you to quickly take action to reduce downtime.

INCREASE EFFICIENCY
PRODUCTIVITY MODULE
Using the Productivity Module you can check the productivity of
your machines and workstations over any time period. You can
look for example at the last working day, or define specific time
periods such as shift patterns. Using this module it is possible to
retrospectively analyse downtime and fault conditions and thus
help improve efficiency in the future.
Systems

251
 UPTIME / DOWNTIME
TOTAL PRODUCTIVITY OVERVIEW
Define the productive and non-productive statuses of the machine.
The Productivity Module then enables you to analyse the real
productivity of a machine, groups of machines or the complete
workshop.

OBTAIN TRANSPARENCY
RUNTIME MODULE
The Runtime Module enables you to check the operation and down-
times of your machines or workstations. This allows you to compare
several machines with one another in order to detect and eliminate
errors that affect the production process. This leads to sustainable
process improvements.

DOCUMENT PROBLEMS
ERROR ANALYSIS
Identify, comment and analyse the fault conditions. First of all define the
most common reasons for fault status occurring, for example material
shortage. It is then possible to retrospectively analyse the frequency
and length of the fault conditions and ensure that the cause can be
eliminated.
Systems

252
 OVERVIEW OF JOBS BEING RUN
The module gives you a comprehensive overview of which job is
running on which machine and how the job is progressing.

STABILITY OF THE NETWORK

ROUTING MODULE
All transmitters automatically form a network. The Routing Modu-
le assists in setting up or adjusting the best network for WIN.
The route network graphic shows the current set up of the WIN
network and the signal strength of each “WIN slave/transmitter”
or WIN slave performance/transmitter performance“ and mainly
serves diagnostic purposes.

CONTROL AND SWITCH

"CONTROL" MODULE
Define simple logic rules in the "control" module to link the statuses of all
connected signal towers and transmit them on to the "WIN slave control"
hardware.
This allows you to implement a head-of-line function, for example, or to
switch devices on and off.
Systems

253


AndonLIGHT

Your benefits
The introduction to professional call-for-action systems: the easy-to-retrofit Andon
products in combination with WERMA KombiSIGN 71 and KombiSIGN 72 signal
towers. With these products it is easy to improve safety and efficiency in the work-
place.
• Rapid assistance reduces waiting times
• Reduces response times and prevents shutdowns
• Intuitive and self-explanatory light system
• More reliability and efficiency (no running about, calling out, etc.)
• It can be expanded to a networked system at any time

Typical applications
• Professionally signal problems at workstations
• Manage supply of materials to workstations
• Optimise processes

Initial startup
• Simply connect AndonLIGHT with mains plug

Features
• Enables up to eight different statuses to be activated
• Signal directly on the signal tower with AndonCONTROL
• Activate signals on the signal tower with Andon SmartBOX
Systems

254
This is how you put together your AndonLIGHT system

ANDON PRODUCT

Base mounting Aluminium profile mounting/Wall mounting

Andon SmartBOX
AndonCONTROL incl. Power supply
Order no. 860 640 07 Order no. 860 000 09

SIGNAL TOWER

SIGNAL ELEMENTS (UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 4) PRE-CONFIGURED SIGNAL TOWER

Buzzer LED Permanent light blue Base mounting Tube mounting

Order no. 645 800 75 Order no. 644 500 75

2 tone siren TwinLIGHT red

Order no. 645 870 75 Order no. 647 110 75
LED Permanent
TwinLIGHT yellow light
LED Permanent light red
Order no. LED Permanent
Order no. 644 100 75 Order no. 647 310 75
649 240 02 light
Order no.
LED Permanent light green TwinLIGHT green
649 240 05
Order no. 644 200 75 Order no. 647 210 75

LED Permanent light yellow TwinLIGHT clear LED Permanent

Order no. 644 300 75 Order no. 647 430 75 light
Order no.
LED Permanent light clear TwinLIGHT blue 649 240 04 LED Permanent
Order no. 644 400 75 Order no. 647 510 75 light
Order no.
649 240 06
Base mounting Tube mounting Bracket mounting

TwinLIGHT
Order no.
649 000 01 TwinLIGHT
Order no.
649 000 02
Terminal element Terminal element + Terminal element
Order no. 640 800 00 Base with integrated + Bracket for base
tube mounting
Order no. 640 810 00 Order no. 640 800 00
+ 975 840 10 + 960 000 02
Systems

255
 AndonLIGHT - Pre-configured Signal Tower

Or select one of our pre-configured variants.

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Pre-configured signal tower KombiSIGN 71 KombiSIGN 72
Order No.: 649 260 01 649 000 03

644 100 75 647 110 75

+ 644 300 75 + 647 310 75

+ 644 200 75 + 647 210 75

Consisting of: + 640 810 00 + 640 810 00

+ 975 840 10 + 975 840 10

+ 860 000 09 + 860 000 09

Technical details are given on the relevant product page.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

649.240.05 860.000.09

860 000 09
+40°C

982 g IP 30
0°C
Systems

256
 Andon SmartBOX for Signal Towers

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (B x H x T): 161 mm x 79 mm x 138 mm
Housing: PA-GF
Switches: PC
Fixing: Base mounting, Wall mounting
Connection: Via 5 m cable
Number of signal elements: Max. 4 additional signal elements possible
Assembly: Andon SmartBOX, power supply unit with connection cable
(length 1.8 m), Adapter supplied (EU, UK, North America)
Voltage power supply unit: 100-240 V AC
Voltage signal elements: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Max. 1 A
Order no.: 860 000 09
Andon SmartBOX for use in
industrial applications  TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

860.000.09

Interchangeable adaptors
(included in assembly) and wide
input voltage range make the
Power Supply suitable for
worldwide use

+40°C

582 g IP 30
0°C
Systems

257


AndonCONTROL / Connection Set for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

LL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Dimensions (Ø x Height): 136 mm x 55 mm
Housing: Base: PC/ABS
Terminal element: PA-GF, shock resistant
Fixing: Base mounting, Bracket mounting (accessory)
Number of signal elements: Max. 4 additional signal elements possible
Assembly: AndonCONTROL, power sup- Connection Set, power supply
ply unit with connection cable unit with connection
(length 1.8 m), interchangea- cable (length 1.8 m), inter-
ble adaptors for EU, UK, changeable adaptors for EU,
North America, rubber feet, UK, North America, rubber feet,
cable connection cable connection
Voltage power supply unit: 100-240 V AC
Voltage signal elements: 24 V DC
Current consumption: Max. 1 A
Order no.: 860 640 07 860 640 08
AndonCONTROL is a simple
call system for a wide variety
of applications ## ACCESSORIES:
Mounting bracket, metal 975 883 01

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

Operation Material

Warning Error

The four push buttons can

be individually labelled

860.640.X7 860.640.X8

With the aid of the connection set,

the master/receiver from
KombiSIGN reflect can be used
wherever an electrical socket is
available (see next page)

860 640 07 860 640 08

+40°C

380 g 341 g IP 20
0°C
Systems

258
KombiSIGN reflect for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

Your benefits
Do you have a machine or a workstation that is out of your line of sight? KombiSIGN
reflect offers a simple solution that "reflects" the machine status to a KombiSIGN
signal tower in your vicinity. The two elements are paired and ready for immediate
use.
• Keep track of machines or processes that are out of view
• Reduce response times and prevent shutdowns
• Repair faults quickly
• Monitor machines/areas that are not yet networked

Typical applications
• Report stoppages in complex production areas
• Manage the supply of materials where visibility is restricted
• Improve processes in complex production areas

Initial startup
• Integrate transmitter and receiver into the signal towers (no tools necessary)

Features
• Pre-configured for plug & play
• Simple reflection of machine statuses
• Large transmission range thanks to robust wireless network for production envi-
ronments
Systems

259
 KombiSIGN reflect for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Slave Master
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm (without antenna)
Housing: Polycorbonate, black
Connection: Bayonet
Wireless connection 868 MHz (conforms to the EU’s EN 300220 harmonised standard and
ISM frequency: can thus be used in all EU member countries)
Further countries upon request
Transmission range: Up to 300 m (unobstructed line of sight)
Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: 40 mA 40-900 mA
The slave sends the status directly to Order no.: 861 640 01
the master, and reflects the status
Please check the wireless frequency. In Europe the version with 868 MHz is used. Please enquire
of the signal tower installed on the
machine about use in other countries.

 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

861.640.01

Simple monitoring of
signal towers out of view

Simply fit the KombiSIGN reflect

slave to the signal tower on the
machine 861 X40 02
receiver: class 2
+50°C

178 g IP65
-20°C
Systems

260
 KombiSIGN reflect for KombiSIGN 72 and 71

L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS/ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Transmitter Receiver
Dimensions (Ø x Height): 70 mm x 66 mm 70 mm x 66 mm (without antenna)
Housing: Polycorbonate, black
Connection: Bayonet
Wireless connection 915 MHz (only for use in North America)
ISM frequency: Further countries upon request
Transmission range: Up to 300 m (unobstructed line of sight)
Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Current consumption: 40 mA 40-900 mA
Order no.: 861 640 02
The transmitter sends the status In North America the version with 915 MHz is used. Please enquire about use in other
directly to the receiver, and reflects countries.
the status of the signal tower installed
on the machine
 TECHNICAL DIAGRAMS:

861.640.02

Simple monitoring of
signal towers out of view

Simply fit the KombiSIGN reflect

transmitter to the signal tower on the
machine 861 X40 02
receiver: class 2
+50°C

178 g IP65
-20°C
Systems

261
Systems

262



StockSAVER

Your Benefits
StockSAVER enables automated material requisition for production logistics.
StockSAVER is a simple retrofit solution for all FIFO gravity flow racks. It solves all of
the typical kanban problems, rules out human error and eliminates the previous
requirement for maintaining safety stock. In this way, StockSAVER makes third-gene-
ration kanban a reality. Sensors in the FIFO rack register the number of containers
and transmit this information to the StockSAVER software via a wireless network – for
complete transparency regarding all of the material stock at the workstations.
• Improve your cash flow: Reduce stock levels, eliminate fear-related stockpiling,
and get your safety stock under control, even with a diverse range of items.
• Reduce errors: Prevent previous kanban errors (e.g. lost kanban cards), dispen-
se with scanning processes, eliminate double postings and respond flexibly in
real time.

Typical applications
• The control station provides complete transparency regarding material stocks in
the FIFO gravity flow racks.
• When a container is removed, the requirements list automatically ensures the
timely reorder of materials.
• The evaluation of material outflow provides the perfect tool for making long-
term process improvements.
• Data export, via the interfaces, allows full integration for downstream procure-
ment processes and for integration into the system landscape.

Initial startup
• Install sensors and sensor boxes in the storage bay.
• Set up SmartBOX for wireless transmission per rack.
• Install transceiver to receive all wireless data.
• Set up the software.

Features
• Tried-and-tested, robust wireless network for the production environment
• Licence-free software included
• Automatically generated requirements list for the material supply
• User-friendly control station
• Optional: Place-by-Light

Systems

263
 StockSAVER:
THE THIRD-GENERATION KANBAN SYSTEM

First generation Kanban systems: Kanban cards

Problems: delays in handing over cards, cards are mislaid or are not collected,
little transparency.

Second generation Kanban systems: Use of scanners

Problems: disruptions due to incorrect bookings, forgetting to scan, incorrect stock
replenishment, etc. the digital system world does not correspond with reality.

Third generation Kanban systems:

Third-
Reduce the
Low margin generation
number + =
kanban
for error
of flow racks
system

• Intelligent sensors determine the actual material stock levels present in the rack.
• Human errors are eliminated and the familiar Kanban problems are resolved (lack of
stock is not recognised in good time, Kanban cards cannot go missing etc.).
• This makes it possible to reduce the stock level in the FIFO rack.

REDUCE YOUR STOCK LEVELS WITH StockSAVER

• Prevents possibility of stock running out

• Save space by not having to carry excessive emergency stocks
• Reduce safety stocks, even with a wide variety of parts
Systems

264
StockSAVER PROVIDES A LOW MARGIN FOR ERROR

• No need for additional scan processes

• No more double entry bookings
• See the actual stock level in real time
• Eliminate arithmetically calculated stock levels as a source of error

SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE YOUR FIFO FLOW RACK SPACE

WITH StockSAVER
• More space at the production line or on the shop-floor for value adding activities

RESULT
Safely reduce the stock levels held on the FIFO rack and thereby improve your cash-
flow.

The clearly structured, digital Kanban board

(material requirements list) allows material to be
replenished in good time.
Systems

265
 SENSORS
Detect the number of bins and transfer
this data to the SensorBOX.

SensorBOX
Receives the sensor status of up to 4 bins per
shelf location and transfers this data to the SmartBOX.

SmartBOX
Receives the data from the SensorBOXES and transmits this to the Transceiver
via a wireless network. OPTIONAL: If the universal interface is used (e.g. RFID or
barcode scanner), the SmartBOX gives an immediate warning, on site, of
misplaced items and requests a correction.

THE SYSTEM

The fully configured kits for your storage bays are delivered ready for immediate
installation. StockSAVER is maintenance-free, easy to retrofit and monitors the
stock levels of your FIFO flow racks as a signal point in the logistics chain. The data
is transmitted wirelessly and displayed in the software, which is supplied with the pa-
ckage. You will also profit from the long-term benefits of the analysis module, which
can help you to improve your processes. The material movement data export
provides the opportunity to optimise the replenishment process.

SENSOR
Systems

266
 TRANSCEIVER
Receives the status of the SmartBOXES
and transfers this data to the
StockSAVER software.

SOFTWARE
Provides complete transparency
over all of the networked
FIFO flow racks at a glance.

The digital Kanban board

(material requirements list) indicates
the locations which require
replenishment.

SensorBOX SmartBOX TRANSCEIVER

Systems

267
 INTUITIVE AND CLEARLY STRUCTURED –
THE StockSAVER SOFTWARE
The software supplied with the system can be installed quickly and easily, and
will guide you through the process of creating your own network, step by step.
The material stocks of the FIFO flow racks that are integrated into the network
are displayed on your PC. This gives you a transparent overview of the material
available at the workstation. The requirements list informs the logistics department
promptly of replenishment requirements and their priority. The analysis module
helps you to improve your processes in the long term.

ALWAYS INFORMED AND LEAN

The control station view keeps you informed all of the time by giving you information about
the level of stock held at the workstation.
The material requirements list makes the collection of Kanban cards unnecessary as the
logistics department will automatically receive „to do“ lists. In this way human error can be
avoided, the replenishment process can be speeded up and high levels of safety stock
made unnecessary.
Systems

268
GET TRANSPARENCY
CONTROL STATION
This is where you can obtain transparency and a complete overview at
a glance. The digital version of your FIFO flow racks at the work station
displays current stock levels and makes safety stock unnecessary. This
means you can save space on racking and use it instead for other
value adding activities.

GUARANTEE REPLENISHMENT
REQUIREMENTS LIST
If the removal of a bin triggers the re-order level, then the requirements
list for the logistics department will be automatically updated. This
ensures a prompt, efficient and priority-driven replenishment process.
Manual sources of error (such as mislaid Kanban cards and failing to
register a replenishment requirement) become a thing of the past.

IMPROVE PROCESSES
ANALYSIS
The ideal tool to make long-term process improvements.
Whether it is the identification of spikes in demand, selecting the
optimum bin size or simply identifying how often a stock location is
being replenished, the function will provide all of this at the touch
of a button.

MATERIAL MOVEMENT DATA EXPORT

INTERFACE FOR DOWNSTREAM
PROCUREMENT PROCESSES
Material movement data can be exported and used, for example, to
trigger production orders, external procurement processes or make
material bookings. This provides the option of an interface with your ERP
system.
Systems

269
 StockSAVER

4
3

4
3
5

1 2 3 4 5

Sensor SensorBOX SmartBOX Transceiver Software

Systems

270
 StockSAVER - Kits and Part numbers
LL ORDER SPECIFICATIONS:

Kit with Transceiver for 50 locations with 2 sensors per location (including
Starter Kit 50/2 865 000 01
software). Contains: 1x Transceiver, 1x SmartBOX, 50 x SensorBOXes, 100 x Sensors

Kit with Transceiver for 50 locations with 4 sensors per location (including
Starter Kit 50/4 865 000 02
software). Contains: 1x Transceiver, 1x SmartBOX, 50 x SensorBOXes, 200 x Sensors

Kit without Transceiver for 50 locations with 2 sensors per location (including
Extension Kit 50/2 865 000 03
software). Contains: 1x SmartBOX, 50 x SensorBOXes, 100 x Sensors

Kit without Transceiver for 50 locations with 4 sensors per location (including
Extension Kit 50/4 865 000 04
software). Contains: 1x SmartBOX, 50 x SensorBOXes, 200 x Sensors

Tool kit contains:

1x Parallel-action pliers
Tool Kit 865 000 29
1x Automatic wire-stripper for BUS cable
1x Automatic wire-stripper for Sensor cable

Extension set to extend sensor cables when re-configuring locations,

Extension Set 865 000 30
Contains: 30 x sensor connectors, 15 x sensor couplers

Sensor Cable for Extension Set 865 000 33 30 m

Place by Light 865 000 34 Kit includes: 25 Lights with corresponding connectors and installation material

Starter Kit 50/2

Systems

271
WERMA Signaltechnik GmbH + Co. KG
Dürbheimer Str. 15
D - 78604 Rietheim - Weilheim
Phone + 49 74 24 95 57- 0
Fax + 49 74 24 95 57- 44
www.werma.com

Catalogue 2020 / 2021 • EN

info@werma.com

WERMA Signaltechnik
Niederlassung Neuhausen am Rhf.
Rheingoldstrasse 50
8212 Neuhausen am Rheinfall
Switzerland
Phone + 41 52 674 00 60
Fax + 41 52 674 00 66
www.werma.ch
info@werma.ch

WERMA Italia S.r.l.

Via dell‘Artigianato 42
29122 Piacenza
Italy
Phone + 39 05 23 04 45 44
www.werma.it
info@werma.it

WERMA SARL
56, Rue Colière
69780 Mions
France
Phone + 33 4 72 22 37 37
Fax + 33 4 72 22 37 64
www.werma.fr
info@werma.fr

WERMA BENELUX
Poortakkerstraat 41C
9051 Sint-Denijs-Westrem
Belgium
Phone + 32 9 220 31 11
www.wermabenelux.com
info@wermabenelux.com

WERMA (UK) Ltd.

11 Regent Park
37 Booth Drive
Park Farm Industrial Estate
Wellingborough NN8 6GR
Great Britain
Phone + 44 15 36 48 69 30
Fax + 44 15 36 51 48 10
www.werma.co.uk
uksales@werma.co.uk

WERMA USA Inc.

1266 Oakbrook Dr
Norcross, GA 30093 USA
Phone + 1 315 414 0200
www.werma.com
us-info@werma.com

WERMA (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

Building 8, No. 85, Mingnan Road,
Songjiang, Shanghai, P. R. C 201613
China
Phone + 86 21 57 74 - 0022
Fax + 86 21 57 74 - 66 01
www.werma.com.cn
info@werma.com.cn

Catalogue 2020/2021
06/19 • 540 000 011 • E